SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE, SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
YASHWANTRAO CHAVAN MAHARASHTRA OPEN UNIVERSITY
Detail Syllabus for Semester 01 to 06 of
V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
2014
A S T, YC M O U , N a s h i k – 4 2 2 2 2 2 , M S , I n d i a
CONTENTS
Basic Information ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 7
Programme Calendar ....................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Eligibility and Fees ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 7
Semesters and Courses .................................................................................................................................................................................... 8
Evaluation Pattern ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 9
Semester 01 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................10
T14011: Basic Science .....................................................................................................................................................................................10
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 10
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 10
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 10
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 11
T14012: Basic Mathematics.............................................................................................................................................................................13
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 13
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 13
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 13
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 14
T14013: Technical Communication ..................................................................................................................................................................15
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 15
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 15
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 15
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 16
T14014: Engineering Mechanics ......................................................................................................................................................................17
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 17
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 17
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 17
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 17
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 18
T14015: TC, PP AND SOFT-Skills .......................................................................................................................................................................20
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 20
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 20
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 20
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 21
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 22
T14016: Computer Basics and Basic Science .....................................................................................................................................................24
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 24
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 24
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 24
Part I: Computer Basics ............................................................................................................................................................................................... 24
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 24
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 25
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 28
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 29
Part II: Basic Science .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 29
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 29
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 29
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 30
Semester 02 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................31
T14021: Applied Science .................................................................................................................................................................................31
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 31
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 31
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 31
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 31
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 32
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 33
T14022: Applied Mathematics-1......................................................................................................................................................................34
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 34
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 34
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 1
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 34
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 35
T14023: Electronic Components & Applications ...............................................................................................................................................36
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 36
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 36
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 36
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 36
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 36
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 37
T14024: Engineering Drawing-2 .......................................................................................................................................................................38
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 38
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 38
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 38
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 38
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 39
T14025: Workshop Practice (Programme specific) ............................................................................................................................................40
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 40
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 40
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 40
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 41
T14026: Applied Science and Engineering Drawing-1........................................................................................................................................43
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 43
Part I: Applied Science ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 43
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 43
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 43
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 43
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 44
Part II: Engineering Drawing -1.................................................................................................................................................................................... 45
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 45
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 45
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 45
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 46
Semester 03 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................47
T14031: Basic Electronics ................................................................................................................................................................................47
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 47
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 47
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 47
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 47
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 49
T14032: Applied Mathematics-2......................................................................................................................................................................50
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 50
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 50
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 50
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 50
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 51
T14033: Basic Electrical Engineering ................................................................................................................................................................52
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 52
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 52
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 52
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 52
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 53
T14034: Electrical and Electronics Measurement..............................................................................................................................................55
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 55
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 55
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 55
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 55
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 56
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 2
T14035: Computer Programming.....................................................................................................................................................................57
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 57
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 57
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 57
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 57
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 58
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 59
T14036: Basic Electronics, Electrical and Measurement ....................................................................................................................................60
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 60
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 60
Part I: Basic Electronics................................................................................................................................................................................................ 60
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 60
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 60
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 60
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 61
Part II: Basic Electrical And Measurement .................................................................................................................................................................. 61
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 61
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 62
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 62
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 62
Semester 04 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................64
T14041: Industrial Instrumentation .................................................................................................................................................................64
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 64
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 64
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 65
T14042: Transformers and DC Machines ..........................................................................................................................................................66
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 66
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 66
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 66
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 66
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 66
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 67
T14043: AC Machines .....................................................................................................................................................................................69
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 69
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 69
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 69
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 69
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 70
T14044: Electrical Power Generation ...............................................................................................................................................................72
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 72
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 72
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 72
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 72
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 72
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 73
Scilab Textbook Companion for Principles of Power Systems .................................................................................................................................. 73
T14045: Industrial Instrumentation and Basic Mechanical Engineering .............................................................................................................74
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 74
Part I: Industrial Instrumentation ................................................................................................................................................................................ 74
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 74
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 74
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 74
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 75
Part II: Basic Mechanical Engineering ......................................................................................................................................................................... 75
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 75
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 75
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 76
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 76
T14046: Transformers, DC and AC Machines ....................................................................................................................................................78
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 78
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 78
Part I: Transformers and DC Machines ........................................................................................................................................................................ 78
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 3
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 78
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 78
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 78
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 79
Part II: AC Machines .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 79
resumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ............................................................................................................................................................. 79
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 79
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 79
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 80
Semester 05 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................81
T14051: Industry Electrical Systems .................................................................................................................................................................81
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 81
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 81
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 81
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 81
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 82
T14052: Microcontroller .................................................................................................................................................................................84
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 84
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 84
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 84
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 84
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 84
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 85
T14053: Power Electronics ..............................................................................................................................................................................86
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 86
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 86
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 86
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 86
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 86
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 87
T14054: Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution ...................................................................................................................................89
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 89
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 89
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 89
Units ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 89
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 90
T14055: Industry Electrical Systems and Energy Conservation & Audit ..............................................................................................................92
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 92
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 92
Part I: Industry Electrical Systems ................................................................................................................................................................................ 92
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 92
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 92
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 92
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 93
Part II: Energy Conservation & Audit........................................................................................................................................................................... 93
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 93
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 93
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 94
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 95
T14056: Microcontroller and Power Electronics ...............................................................................................................................................96
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 96
Part I: Microcontroller ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 96
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 96
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 96
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 96
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 97
Part II: Power Electronics............................................................................................................................................................................................. 97
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 97
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory .............................................................................................................................................................................. 97
Detail Practical Activities .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 97
Learning Resource Details ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 98
Semester 06 ........................................................................................................................................................................................................99
T14061: Industrial Management .....................................................................................................................................................................99
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................... 99
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 4
Course Information ...................................................................................................................................................................................................... 99
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 99
Detail Syllabus .............................................................................................................................................................................................................. 99
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 100
T14062: Switchgear & Protection .................................................................................................................................................................. 101
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 101
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 101
Units ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 101
Detail Syllabus ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 101
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 102
T14063: Electrical Testing and Maintenance ................................................................................................................................................... 104
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 104
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 104
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 104
Units ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 104
Detail Syllabus ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 104
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 106
Elective - I: Anyone of course from T14064 or T15064 .................................................................................................................................... 107
T14064: Illumination Engineering .................................................................................................................................................................. 107
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 107
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 107
Units ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 107
Detail Syllabus ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 107
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 108
T15064: Modern Electric Traction .................................................................................................................................................................. 110
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 110
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 110
Units ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110
Detail Syllabus ............................................................................................................................................................................................................ 110
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 111
T14065: Project-Work ................................................................................................................................................................................... 112
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 112
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 112
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 112
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................ 112
Detail Practical Activities ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 113
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 114
T14066: Electrical Testing and Maintenance and Activity Course on Elective 1 ................................................................................................. 116
Programme Information............................................................................................................................................................................................. 116
Course Information .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 116
Part I: T14063: ELECTRICAL TESTING AND MAINTENANCE ....................................................................................................................................... 116
Presumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ......................................................................................................................................................... 116
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................ 116
Detail Practical Activities ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 116
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 117
Part II: Elective 1: T14064: Illumination Engineering ................................................................................................................................................ 117
resumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 117
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................ 117
Detail Practical Activities ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 118
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 118
Part II: Elective 1: T15064: Modern Electric Traction ................................................................................................................................................ 118
resumed Knowledge and Learning Objectives ........................................................................................................................................................... 119
Detail Syllabus of Required Theory ............................................................................................................................................................................ 119
Detail Practical Activities ............................................................................................................................................................................................ 119
Learning Resource Details .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 119
End of Document .............................................................................................................................................................................................. 120
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 5
PROGRAMME ADVISORY COMMITTEE (PAC)
V55: DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (DEE) {2014 PATTERN}
SN
01
Members
Dr. Manoj Killedar, The Director, School of Architecture, Science and Technology,
Internal YCMOU Member
(M: 940 377 4504), Email: [email protected], [email protected]
02
Dr Sunanda More, Internal YCMOU Member
(M: 940 377 4750), Email: [email protected], [email protected]
03
Mrs Chetana Kamlaskar, Internal YCMOU Member
(M: 940 377 4531), Email: [email protected], [email protected]
04
Prof S S Ashtputre, MSBTE/DTE Nominee
(M:094 228 73608 ), Email: [email protected]
05
Prof L S Patil, External Academic Expert
(M: 094 227 90573), Email: [email protected]
06
Ms. Barnali Motling, External Academic Expert
(M: 098 335 70782), Email: [email protected], [email protected]
07
Mrs. Tanuja Date, External Academic Expert
(M: 98 508 32871), Email: [email protected]
08
Mr. Omprakash Kulkarni, External Industry Expert
(M:094 222 45346 ), Email: [email protected]
09
Mr. Umesh Joharapurkar, External Industry Expert
(M: 98 220 15681), Email: [email protected], : [email protected]
10
Mr. Santosh Dongaonkar, External Industry Expert
(M: 094 040 94247), Email: [email protected]
SYLLABUS OF ALL COURSES AT SEMESTER 01 AND 02 WERE FINALIZED BASED ON THE FIRST AND SECOND SEMESTER COURSES OF V62 AND
V63 PROGRAMME .
SYLLABUS OF ALL COURSES AT SEMESTER 03 AND 04 WERE FINALIZED IN PAC MEETING HELD ON 02 MAR 2015.
SYLLABUS OF ALL COURSES AT SEMESTER 05 AND 06 WERE FINALIZED IN PAC MEETING HELD ON 04 FEB 2016.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 6
V55: DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING {2014 PATTERN}
BASIC INFORMATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Mode of Education: Full time face-to-face mode enhanced with ELearning support.
Minimum Programme Duration: 3 years after SSC (10th)
Required Study Efforts: 720 Hours in each semester
Medium of Instruction: English
Attendance: Minimum 80% attendance for all courses.
Equivalence Status:

UGC recognized and approved

DEC recognized and approved
PROGRAMME CALENDAR
SN
Activity Description
Odd semesters like
01, 03, 05 and 07
From 01-Aug Till 31 Jan
Even semesters like
02, 04, 06 and 08
From 01-Feb Till 31-Jul
Annual Admission
01
Further Admission
From 05-Jun Till 05-Jul
Not Offered
02
Fresh Admission
From 05-Jun Till 05-Aug
Not Offered
Teaching – Learning
03
Teaching - Learning
From 01-Aug Till 13 Nov
From 01-Feb Till 16-May
04
Teaching–Learning Backlog Clearing
From 14-Nov to 04-Dec
From 17-May to 04-Jun
End Exam (EE) Form Submission
05
EE Form Submission by students at SC
On or Before 30-Sep
On or Before 31-Mar
06
EE Form Submission by SCs at University
On or Before 05-Oct
On or Before 05-Apr
From 01-Aug Till 30 Nov
From 01-Feb Till 30-May
Continuous Assessment (CA) Submission
07
CA Availability on website
08
CA Submission by Students at SC
09
10
01-30 Nov
01-30 May
Provisional CA Report by SCs
On or before 31-Dec
On or before 30-Jun
Final CA Report Submission by SCs at University
On or before 31-Jan
On or before 31-Jul
End Examination (EE)
11
EE for Theory Courses
12
EE for Practical, STW, SV or PW Courses
From 05-Dec Till 14-Dec
From 05-Jun Till 14-Jun
Immediately after the last day of end
exam for theory courses, but positively
before 05-Jan
Immediately after the last day of end
exam for theory courses, but positively
before 05-Jul
From 08-Jan Till 31-Jan
From 08-Jul Till 31-Jul
Semester End Vacation
13
Semester End Vacation
ELIGIBILITY AND FEES
Admission Eligibility
Certification Eligibility
SSC (10th) or Equivalent
Exam passed from
recognized board
Min 50% or better marks
in total 36 courses (subjects)
of total 144 Credit points
at Semesters 01-06
Aggregate performance and Class in the
programme shall be reported on the basis of
only semesters 05 and 06.
Fees and Deposit / Semester
Desc
INR
UF
₹ 3,600
SCF
₹ 8,400
EF (Only for repeat
₹ 100 / T
attempts. Included in UF
₹ 200 / TW
for first compulsory
₹ 300 / P
attempt)
₹ 400 / PW
Total
₹ 12,000
AAFA
LD
₹ 7,200
₹ 2,000
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
USD
US$ 360
US$ 840
US$ 10 / T
US$ 20 / TW
US$ 30 / P
US$ 40 / PW
US$ 1,200
US$ 720
US$ 200
Page 7
SEMESTERS AND COURSES
All courses at “both semesters at each year” shall be finalized in phased manner.
V55 – DEE – All Course Code starts with T14.
SN
Code
Name
CA
EE
TM
Type
Credit
Min%
Semester 01: 24 Credits, Foundation Courses
01
T14011
Basic Science
20
80
100
T
4
50%
02
T14012
Basic Mathematics
20
80
100
T
4
50%
03
T14013
Technical Communication
20
80
100
T
4
50%
04
T14014
Engineering Mechanics
20
80
100
T
4
50%
05
T14015
TC, PP and Soft-Skills
20
80
100
TW
4
50%
06
T14016
Computer Basics and Basic Science
20
80
100
P
4
50%
Semester 02: 24 Credits, Foundation Courses
07
T14021
Applied Science
20
80
100
T
4
50%
08
T14022
Applied Mathematics - 1
20
80
100
T
4
50%
09
T14023
Electronic Components & Applications
20
80
100
T
4
50%
10
T14024
Engineering Drawing-2
20
80
100
T
4
50%
11
T14025
Workshop Practice (Programme Specific)
20
80
100
TW
4
50%
12
T14026
Applied Science and Engineering Drawing – 1
20
80
100
P
4
50%
Semester 03: 24 Credits, Basic Courses
13
T14031
Basic Electronics
20
80
100
T
4
50%
14
T14032
Applied Mathematics - 2
20
80
100
T
4
50%
15
T14033
Basic Electrical Engineering
20
80
100
T
4
50%
16
T14034
Electrical and Electronic Measurement
20
80
100
T
4
50%
17
T14035
Computer Programming
20
80
100
TW
4
50%
18
T14036
Basic Electronics, Electrical and Measurement
20
80
100
P
4
50%
Semester 04: 24 Credits, Basic Courses
19
T14041
Industrial Instrumentation
20
80
100
T
4
50%
20
T14042
Transformers and DC Machines
20
80
100
T
4
50%
21
T14043
AC Machines
20
80
100
T
4
50%
22
T14044
Electrical Power Generation
20
80
100
T
4
50%
23
T14045
Industrial Instrumentation and Basic Mechanical Engineering
20
80
100
TW
4
50%
24
T14046
Transformers , DC and AC Machines
20
80
100
P
4
50%
Semester 05: 24 Credits, Core Courses
25
T14051
Industry Electrical Systems
20
80
100
T
4
50%
26
T14052
Microcontroller
20
80
100
T
4
50%
27
T14053
Power Electronics
20
80
100
T
4
50%
28
T14054
Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution
20
80
100
T
4
50%
29
T14055
20
80
100
TW
4
50%
30
T14056
Industry Electrical Systems and Energy Conservation & Audit
Microcontroller and Power Electronics
20
80
100
P
4
50%
Semester 06: 24 Credits, Advance Courses
31
T14061
Industrial Management
20
80
100
T
4
50%
32
T14062
Switchgear & Protection
20
80
100
T
4
50%
33
T14063
Electrical Testing and Maintenance
20
80
100
T
4
50%
20
80
100
T
4
50%
T14064
T15064
Elective-I : Any one of following courses
Illumination Engineering
Modern Electric Traction
35
T14065
Project-Work
20
80
100
PW
4
50%
36
T14066
Electrical Testing and Maintenance and Activity Course on Elective 1
20
80
100
P
4
50%
34
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 8
EVALUATION PATTERN
SN
Type of Course
1
Theory (T)
Continuous Assessment
1.
2.
3.
4.
2
Practical
End Examination
Student is required to answer 1 of 1 SAQ, each of 5
marks, on each Credit
Single attempt only
Marks: 20 Marks
Duration: Specified 1 Month
1.
Student is required to answer 4 out of 5 SAQ, each of
5 marks, on each Credit
Maximum 5 EE attempt during each semester till last
end exam, if specified
Marks: 80 Marks
Duration: 150 minutes
2.
3.
4.
SN
Description
Evaluation of End Examination
Marks
1
Question Type
4 out of 5 Short Answer Question (SAQ) for each Credit
20 Marks each Credit
2
Total
16 out of 20 Short Answer Question (SAQ)
80 Marks
1.
2.
3.
4.
Student is required to submit “Activity Report in
1.
Work-Book Format” for each Credit in the prescribed
format.
Single Attempt only
Marks: 20 Marks
Duration: Specified 1 Month
External and internal examiners shall assess each
student based on:
a.
Continuous Assessment submission by the
student (Only by External Examiner) [20 Marks]
b. Practical Activity performed by the student [40
Marks]
c.
Viva on Practical Activities [20 Marks]
Maximum 5 Attempts only
Marks: 80 Marks
Duration: 180 minutes
2.
3.
4.
SN
3
Term Work (TW)
Internal Examiner
External Examiner
1
Workbook, Diagram, synoptic Answers,
Graph/Observation and Conclusion
-
20 Marks
2
Actual Conduct of Practical
20 Marks
20 Marks
3
Viva/Oral
10 Marks
10 Marks
4
Total
30 Marks
50 Marks
1.
2.
3.
4.
SN
4
Project Work (PW)
Evaluation of Practical End Examination
Description
Student is required to submit “Activity Report in
Work-Book Format” for each Credit in the prescribed
format.
Single Attempt only
Marks: 20 Marks
Duration: Specified 1 Month
1.
2.
3.
4.
External and internal examiners shall assess each
student based on:
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only
by External Examiner) [20 Marks]
b. Viva on Activity Report [60 Marks]
Maximum 5 Attempts only
Marks: 80 Marks
Duration: 180 minutes
Evaluation of Project Work End Examination
Description
Internal Examiner
External Examiner
1
Workbook submission
-
20 Marks
2
Viva/Oral
30 Marks
30 Marks
3
Total
30 Marks
5.
6.
7.
8.
Student is required to submit “Activity Report in
Project Report Format” for each Credit in the
prescribed format.
Single Attempt only
Marks: 20 Marks
Duration: Specified 1 Month
50 Marks
5.
6.
7.
8.
SN
External and internal examiners shall assess each
student based on:
a.
Project Report submission by the student (Only
by External Examiner) [20 Marks]
b. Project Presentation by the student
[30 Marks]
c.
Viva on Project Report[30 Marks]
Maximum 5 Attempts only
Marks: 80 Marks
Duration: 180 minutes
Evaluation of Project Work End Examination
Description
Internal Examiner
External Examiner
1
Project Report
-
20 Marks
2
Presentation
15 Marks
15 Marks
3
Viva/Oral
15 Marks
15 Marks
4
Total
30 Marks
50 Marks
Actual CA and EE marks shall be used in computation of “Total Marks (TM)”. Only best of the past performance shall be reported.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 9
SEMESTER 01
T14011: BASIC SCIENCE
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
01
V55
T14011
Basic Science
4
45
120
100
TH
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
Part I: Basic Physics

Apply Basic Facts, Concepts, Principles and Techniques of Scientific
Investigation of Physical Quantities and Processes which are used
in Technology
Part II: Basic Chemistry
 Comprehend the mechanism of electrolysis
 Explain properties of metals, non- metals & alloys related to
engineering applications
 Use metallic and non-metallic materials in engineering applications


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Part I : Basic Physics
01
02
03
04
Elasticity
Surface Tension
Viscosity
Transmission of Heat and Expansion of Solids
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
07
Gas laws and Specific Heats of Gases
Sound
Properties of Light
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Part II : Basic Chemistry
08
09
Atomic Structure
Electrochemistry
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
10
11
Metals and Alloys
Non-Metallic Materials
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 10
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Part I : Basic Physics
01
Elasticity: Introduction, Elasticity, Plasticity and Plastic Body, Molecular Theory of Elasticity, Stress, Strain and Their Types, Elastic Limit and
Hooke’s Law, Types of Modulus Elasticity, Behavior of Wire Under Continuously Increasing Load, Factor of Safety
02
Surface Tension: Introduction- Molecular Force, Cohesive Force, Adhesive Force, Laplace’s Molecular Theory of Surface Tension, Angle of
Contact and its Significance, Capillarity or Capillary Action, Shape of Liquid surface in a Capillary Tube, Surface Tension of Liquid in a
Capillary Tube, Effect of Impurity and Temperature on Surface Tension of Liquid
03
Viscosity: Introduction, Fluid Friction, Viscous Force, Viscosity, Newton’s Law of Viscosity, Flow of Liquid through a Tube – Streamline Flow
and Turbulent Flow, Significance of Reynolds’s number, Free Fall of Spherical Body Through Viscous Medium and Stokes Law, Up Thrust
force, Terminal Velocity, Stokes Law
04
Transmission of Heat and Expansion of Solids: Three Modes of Transmission of Heat, Conduction in detail, Thermal Conductivity and
Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity, Expansion of Solids-Definition of linear, aerial and cubical expansion and relation between them
05
Gas laws and Specific Heats of Gases: Introduction, Gas Laws, General Gas Equation and Specific and Universal Gas Constant, Standard or
Normal Temperature and Pressure, Concept of Absolute Zero and Absolute Scale of Temperature, Two Specific Heats of Gas and Relation
between them, Isothermal and Adiabatic Changes of Gas
06
Properties of Light: Properties of Light- Reflection, Refraction, Dispersion, Polarization, Diffraction, Principle of
Superposition of Waves, Interference, Constructive Interference and Destructive Interference, Conditions for Stationary Interference
Pattern
Credit
Optical fibre: principle, structure of optical fiber, propagation of light wave through optical fibre, derivation of numerical aperture and
02
acceptance angle
07
Sound: Concept of Wave Motion, Relation Between Velocity, Frequency and Wavelength, Transverse Wave and its Characteristics,
Longitudinal Wave and its Characteristics, Equation of Progressive Wave, Stationary Waves or Standing Waves, Node and Antinode, Forced
and Free Oscillations, Resonance, Formula for Velocity of Sound with End Correction
Credit
01
Part II : Basic Chemistry
01
Atomic Structure: Introduction, Particles of Matter, Dalton’s Atomic Theory, Size of an Atom, Thomson’s Atomic Model, Rutherford’s
Scattering Experiment, Drawbacks of Rutherford’s Atomic Model, Bohr’s Atomic Model, Modern Atom, Composition of an Atom, Rules of
Distribution of Electrons in Shells, Energy Levels and sub energy Levels, Atomic Orbitals, Quantum Numbers, Pauli’s Exclusion Principle,
Hund’s Rule and Aufbau’s Principle, Electronic Configuration of Atoms, Electronic Configuration of Inert Gas Elements, Isotopes, Isobars,
Electronic Theory of Valency, Lewis and Langmuir Concept of Stable Configuration, Concept of Variable Valency, Types of Valency,
Electrovalency, Formation of Electrovalent Compounds, Covalency, Formation of Covalent Compounds, Distinction between Electrovalent
and Covalent Compounds
02
Electrochemistry: Introduction, Atom and Ions, Ionisation and Electrolytic Dissociation, Arrhenius Theory of Electrolytic Dissociation,
Degree of Ionisation, Significance of the Terms Involved in Electrolysis- Such as Conductors, Insulators, Dielectrics, Electrolyte, NonElectrolyte, Electrolysis, Electrolytic Cell, Electrodes. Electrode Potential and Concept of Electrode Potential such as Reduction Potential
and Oxidation Potential, Mechanism of Electrolysis – Primary & Secondary Reactions at Cathode and Anode, Electrochemical Series for
Cations and Anions, Electrolysis of CuSo4 Solution by using Cu Electrode & Platinum Electrode, Electrolysis of NaCl Solution and Fused
NaCl by using Carbon Electrode, Faraday’s Laws of Electrolysis and Numericals, Applications of Electrolysis such as Electroplating and
Electro Refining, Electrometallurgy and Electrotyping, Conductivity of Electrolyte, Electrochemical Cells and Batteries- Definition, Types
such as Primary and Secondary Cells and Their Examples. - Construction, Working and Applications of i) Dry Cell ii) Lead-Acid Storage Cell
03
Metals and Alloys:
Metals: Introduction, Characteristics of Metal- Mechanical Properties of metals such as Hardness, Toughness, Ductility, Malleability,
Tensile Strength, Machinability, Weldability, Forging, Soldering, Castability. Metalloids, Occurrence of Metals- Mineral, Ore. Metallurgy,
Gangue, Flux and Slag, Stages of Extraction of Metals from its Ores in detail-Crushing, Concentration, Reduction, and Refining. Physical
Properties and Applications of some commonly used metals such as Fe, Cu, Al, Cr, Ni, Sn, Pb, Zn, Co, Ag, W.
Alloys: Definition of Alloy, Preparation Methods, Purposes of Making alloy, Classification of Alloys such as Ferrous and Non Ferrous and
their examples. Composition, Properties and Applications of Alnico, Duralumin, Dutch Metal, German, Silver / Nickel Silver, Gun Metal,
Monel Metal, Wood’s Metal, Babbitt metal
04
Non Metallic Materials:
Credit
i) Plastics: What are Plastics?, Polymerisation, Formation of Plastic by Addition and Condensation Polymerisation by giving e.g. of
04
Polyethylene and Backelite plastic Respectively, Structure of Plastics, Types of Plastic- Thermosoftening and Thermosetting Plastic with
Definition and Distinction, Compounding of Plastics- Resins, Fillers, Plasticizers, Acceleraters, Pigments and their examples, Properties of
Plastic, Engineering Applications of Plastic
ii) Rubber: Rubber, Natural Rubber and Its Processing, Drawbacks of Natural Rubber, Vulcanisation of Rubber with Chemical Reaction,
Synthetic Rubber- Definition, Distinction Between Natural and Rubber. Properties of Synthetic Rubber such as Elasticity, Tack, Abrasion
Resistant, Stress and Strain, Application of Rubber
iii) Thermal Insulating Materials: Thermal Insulating Materials, Factors Affecting Thermal Conductivity of Insulators, Characteristics of
Good Insulating Materials, Classification of Thermal insulators, Preparation, Properties and Applications - Glass wool, Thermocole,
Asbestos and Cork
Credit
03
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 11
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14011-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14011-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Part I : Basic Physics
Physics –I
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14011 –RB1
V. Rajendran
Engineering Physics
S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi
T14011 –RB2
B.L. Theraja
Engineering Physics
Dhanpat Rai Publication,
T14011 –RB3
R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
New Delhi
T14011 –RB4
Physics- Std XI, Std XII
Physics- Std XI, Std XII
Part II : Basic Chemistry
Engineering Chemistry,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
T14011-RB5
Jain & Jain
Engineering Chemistry,
S. Chand Publication
T14011–RB6
S. S. Dara,
Industrial Chemistry,
1st 2002
Goel Publication
T14011 –RB7
B. K. Sharma,
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14011 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14011-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 12
T14012: BASIC MATHEMATICS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14012
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Basic Mathematics
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Apply basic facts, concepts, principles and procedures of
mathematics as a tool to analyze engineering problems


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
03
Logarithms
Partial Fraction
Vectors
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
04
05
Determinants and Matrices
Binomial Theorem
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
08
09
10
Trigonometric Ratios
Trigonometric Ratios of Allied, Compound, Multiple & Submultiple Angles
Factorization and De-factorization Formulae
Inverse Trigonometric Ratios
Properties of Triangles
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
11
12
13
Point and Distances
Straight Line
Circle
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
01
Logarithms: Definition of Logarithm (Natural And Common Logarithm) and Examples based on it, Laws of Logarithm and Examples Based
on it
02
Partial Fraction: Definition of Proper and Improper Fractions, Definition of Partial Fractions, To Resolve Proper Fraction into Partial
Fraction with Denominator Containing – i) Non Repeated Linear Factors ii) Repeated Linear Factors iii) Non Repeated Irreducible Quadratic
Credit
Factors, To Resolve Improper Fraction Into Partial Fraction –i) Numerator and Denominator are of the Same Degree Ii) Numerator is of a
01
Degree Higher than that of Denominator
03
Vectors: Definition of Vector, Position Vector, Algebra of Vectors (Equality, Addition, Subtraction and Scalar Multiplication), Dot (Scalar)
Product with Properties, Vector (Cross) Product with Properties, Applications of Vectors- Work Done and Moment of Force about a Point
and Line
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 13
04
Determinant and Matrices:
Determinant- Definition and Expansion of Determinants of 2nd and 3rd Order, Cramer’s Rule to Solve Simultaneous Equations in 2 and 3
Unknowns
Matrices- Definition of a Matrix of Order m by n, Types of Matrices, Algebra of Matrices Such As Equality, Addition, Subtraction, Scalar
Multiplication and Multiplication of Two Matrices, Transpose of a Matrix, Minor, Cofactor of an Element of a Matrix, Adjoint of Matrix and Credit
02
Inverse of Matrix By Adjoint Method, Solution Of Simultaneous Equations Containing 2 and 3 Unknowns by Matrix Inversion Method
05
Binomial Theorem : Definition of Factorial Notation, Definition of Permutation and Combinations with Formula, Binomial Theorem for
Positive Index, General Term, Binomial Theorem for Negative Index, Approximate Values (Only Formula)-Surds, Progressions
06
07
Trigonometric Ratios: Trigonometric Ratios of Any Angle, Ratios of Special Angles 00, 300, 450, 600, Quadrantal Angles, Relation Between
Degree and Radian, Fundamental Identities, Examples Based on Fundamental Identities
Credit
03
Trigonometric Ratios of Allied, Compound, Multiple and Submultiple Angles: Examples based on Allied, Compound, Multiple and
Submultiple Angles (particularly for allied angles- numerical must be done by calculators).
08
Factorization and De-factorization Formulae: Examples based on Factorization and De-factorization Formulae
09
Inverse Trigonometric Ratios: Definition of inverse trigonometric ratios, Principal values of inverse trigonometric ratios, Relation between
inverse trigonometric ratios
10
Properties of Triangles: Sine, Cosine, Projection and Tangent Rules, Simple problems based on it
11
Point and Distances: Distance Formula, Section Formula, Midpoint, Centriod of Triangle, Area of Triangle and Condition of Collinearity
12
Straight Line: Slope And Intercept of Straight Line, Equation of Straight Line in i) Slope Point Form ii) Slope-Intercept Form, iii) Two-Point Credit
Form iv) Two-Intercept Form v) Normal Form vi) General Equation of Line, Angle Between Two Straight Lines Condition of Parallel and
04
Perpendicular Lines, Intersection of Two Lines, Length of Perpendicular from a Point on the Line and Perpendicular Distance Between
Parallel Lines
13
Circle: Equation of Circle in i) Standard Form ii) Centre – Radius Form iii) Diameter Form iv)Two–Intercept Form, General Equation of
Circle, Its Centre and Radius, Equation of Tangent and Normal to a Circle
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14012-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14012-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Applied Mathematics
Second 2010- C. Jamnadas & Co.
T14012 -RB1
G.V. Kumbhojkar
11
Mathematics for Polytechnic
First
Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,
T14012 -RB2
S. P. Deshpande
Aug 2005
Trigonometry
S. Chand Publication
T14012 -RB3
S. L. Loney
Higher Algebra
Metric edition, Book
T14012 -RB4
H. S. Hall & S. R.
Palace, New Delhi
Knight
Matrices
Schuam series, McGraw hill
T14012 -RB5
Ayres
Engineering Mathematics
40th Edition 81-7409-195-5
T14012 -RB6
Grewal B.S.
2009
Khanna Publishers
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14012 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14012-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 14
T14013: TECHNICAL COMMUNICATION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14013
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Technical Communication
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand and use the basic concepts of communication and
principles of effective communication in professional field

Effectively communicate about any technical matter

Enhance writing skills required for the various types of letters,
reports and office drafting


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Introduction to Communication
Types of Communication
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Principles of Effective Communication
Non Verbal- Graphic Communication-1
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Non Verbal- Graphic Communication-2
Written Communictaion-1
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Written Communictaion-2
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
02
Credit
Block
Introduction to communication: Introduction, Need of Communication, Importance of Communication, Significance of Communication,
Definition of Communication, Communication Cycle, Elements of Communication, Stages in the Communication Process - Defining the
Context, Knowing the Audience, Designing the Message, Encoding, Selecting Proper Channels, Transmitting, Receiving, Decoding and
Giving Feedback
Credit
Types of Communication: Introduction, Types of Communication- i) According to Application : Internal-External, ii) According to the
01
Nature of Communication: Formal- Informal, iii) According to Direction: Vertical- horizontal
diagonal iv) According to Mode of Communication: Verbal-Nonverbal
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 15
03
04
05
06
07
Principles of Effective Communication: Introduction, Principles of Effective Communication, Communication Barriers and their
Overcomes- Physical, Mechanical, Psychological and Semantic, Developing Effective Messages-Thinking about Purpose, Knowing the
Audience, Structuring the Message, Selecting Proper Channels, Minimizing Barriers and Facilitating Feedback
Credit
Non Verbal- Graphic Communication-1: Introduction- The Development of Non Verbal Codes, The importance of Non Verbal
02
Communication, Non-Verbal Codes: Kinesecs, Proxemics, Haptics, Vocalics, Physical Appearance, Chronemics, Artifacts
Non Verbal- Graphic Communication-2: Aspects of Body Language, Graphical Communication- Aspects of Graphical Communication,
Charts and Graphs, Organizational Charts, Flow Charts, Block Charts, Pie Charts, Graphs, Bar Graphs, Rectilinear Graphs, Multiple Lines
Graph, Semi-Log Graph, Tables
Credit
Written Communictaion-1: Letter Writing, Inquiry Letter, Reply to the Letters of Inquiry, Order letter, Complaint
03
letter, and Adjustment letter, Circular, Notices, and Memorandum
Written Communictaion-2: Application Letter with Resume, Report Writing, Minutes of the Meeting, Interviews, Defining and Describing
Credit
Objects and Giving Instructions
04
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14013-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14013-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Developing Communication Skills,
Macmillan
T14013 -RB1
Krushna Mohan, Meera Banerji,
Communication Skills,
Reliable Series
T14013 –RB2
Joyeeta Bhattacharya
Every Ones Guide to Effective Writing,
Apple publishing
T14013 –RB3
Jayakaran
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14013 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14013-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 16
T14014: ENGINEERING MECHANICS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14014
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Engineering Mechanics
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain various concepts, principles techniques and
procedures used in machines and measuring instruments

Describe the Method of Resolution

Calculate the resultant of given force system, the reactions
of beam, friction, centroid and the center of gravity

Define Ideal Machine and state importance of law of
machine

Describe various simple machines used in engineering
structures


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Fundamental Concepts
Resolution and Composition of Forces
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
Equilibrium
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
04
05
Friction
Centroid
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
Center of Gravity
Simple Machines
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Credit
Block
Fundamental Concepts: Introduction-Necessity of Engineering Mechanics, Definition of Statics, Dynamics, Kinematics, Kinetics, Rigid
Credit
Body, Elastic Body; Definition of Mass and Weight, Difference in Between Mass and Weight; Scalars and Vectors; Units of Measurement01
System of Unit, Basic S. I. Unit of Physical Quantity like Length, Mass and Time, Derived S. I. Units of Some of the Physical Quantities.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 17
02
Resolution and Composition of Forces: Force- Definition, S.I. Unit of Force, Unit Newton Force of Unit Force or one Newton Force,
Representation of a Force by Vector Method, Characteristics of a Force or Properties of a Force; Effects of Force; System of ForcesCoplanar Forces or Coplanar Force System; Resultant Force (R), Equilibrant Force, Difference between Resultant and Equilibrant Force;
Composition of Forces; Law of Parallelogram of Forces; Principle of Transmissibility of a Force or Law of Transmissibility of Forces;
Problems based on Analytical Method of Law of Parallelogram of Forces for Coplanar Concurrent Force System; Analytical Method by
Resolution of Force or Method of Resolution - Definition, Types of Component of a Force - Perpendicular Component and NonPerpendicular Component, Resolution of Forces or Method of Resolution- When The Force is always from the Point With Respective
Quadrants, When the Force is towards the Point with Respective Quadrants, How to Determine Resultant (R) of Coplanar Concurrent
Force System; In Magnitude and Direction; Problems on Coplanar Concurrent Forces by Method of Resolution (Analytical Method);
Resolution of Force “F” In Two Direction, not Perpendicular with each other; Resultant of Coplanar Collinear Forces; Graphical Method;
Graphical Representation of a Force; Bow’s Notation and Representation of a Force By Bow’s Notation; Space Diagram; Vector Diagram;
Triangle Law of Forces; Polygon Law of Forces; How To Find Resultant (R) in Magnitudes and Direction Graphically In Case of Coplanar
Concurrent Forces; Problems on Coplanar Concurrent Forces By Graphical Method; Important Concepts- Moment of Force, Geometrical
Representation of Moment of a Force and its S.I. Unit, Classification of Moments according to Direction of Rotation, Sign Convention, Law
of Moments, Varignon’s Theorem of Moments and it’s Use; Couple- Definition, S.I. Unit, Characteristic of a Couple or Properties of a
Couple, Measurement of a Couple, Properties of Couple, How to Find Resultant Force (R) of Coplanar Non- Concurrent Forces System, In
Magnitude, Direction and Position by Analytical Method, Problems on Coplanar Non- Concurrent Forces System by Analytical Method;
Resultant on Coplanar Non- Concurrent Forces System by Graphical Method- Polar Diagram, Funicular Polygon; Problems on Coplanar
Non- Concurrent Forces System by Graphical Method
03
Equilibrium: Definition, Relation Between Resultant Forces and Equilibrant Force, Conditions of Equilibrium- Analytical and Graphical
Condition of Equilibrium for Concurrent, Parallel Force System, Non- Concurrent on- Parallel Force System, Free Body and free Body
Diagram; Lami’s Theorem- Statement and Explanation, Proof or Derivation, Application of Lami’s Theorem for solving Various Engineering
Problems having Two unknowns only, Limitations for applying Lami’s Theorem; Free Body Diagram (FBD): Significance of FBD, Problems
on Lami’s Theorem; Equilibrant- Definition, Relation Between Resultant and Equilibrant , Equilibrant of Concurrent and Non- Concurrent
Force System, Problems on Coplanar Concurrent Forces (More Than Three) Acting on a Body in Equilibrium; Graphical Method- Graphical
Condition of Equilibrium, Problems on Coplanar Concurrent Forces Acting on Body in Equilibrium by Graphical Method; Beam- Definition,
Span of Beam, Types of Beam - Cantilever, Simply Supported, Overhanging, Fixed, Continuous; Types of End Support – Simple Support,
Hinged, Roller, Fixed; Classification of Loads- Pont Load, Inclined Point Load, Uniformly Distributed Load; Reactions of a Simply Supported
and Overhanging Beam by Analytical and Graphical Method; Problems on Simply Supported Beam by Analytical Method; Examples on
Overhang Beam, Hinged and Roller Supported Beam; Problems on Hinged and Roller Supported Beam; Problems on Beam by Graphical
Method; Problems on Hinged and Roller Supported Beam by Graphical Method
04
05
Credit
02
Friction: Introduction-Definition of Friction; Advantage and Disadvantage of Friction; Types of Friction; Definition- Limiting Frictional
Force and Coefficient of Friction (); Angle of Friction ()- Relation between Angle of Friction() and Coefficient of Friction (); Definition
of Cone Friction and its Properties; Laws of Friction- Static, Kinetic or Dynamic; Factors on which Force or Frictional Resistance Depends;
Credit
Angle of Response (α); Problems on a Rough Horizontal Plane and Inclined Plane; Ladder Friction- Problems on Ladder Friction
03
Centroid: Introduction- Definition of Centroid, Moment of an Area about an Axis, Centroid of Basic Geometrical Figures such as Square,
Rectangle, Triangle, Circle, Semicircle and Quarter Circle, Different Sections, Composite Figures, Centroid of Composite Figures, Procedure
of Finding the Centroid, Problems on Centroid
06
Centre of Gravity: Definition; Centre of Gravity (G) for Composite Body, Centre of Gravity (G) of Simple Solids Such as Cylinder, Spheres,
Hemisphere, Cone, Cube and Regular Block, Centre of Gravity (G) of Some Geometrical Solid Body; Center of Gravity (G) of Composite
Solids (Hollow Solids shall be Considered); Procedure of Finding the Centre of Gravity, Problems on Centre of Gravity; Frustum of Cone;
07
Simple Machines: Definition of Simple Machine or Lifting Machine and Compound Machine; Definition of - Effort (P), Load (W), Velocity
Ratio(V.R.), Mechanical Advantage (M. A.), Input of a Machine, Output of a Machine, Efficiency (η) of a Machine, Actual Machine, an Ideal Credit
Machine, Ideal Effort (Pi), Ideal Load (Wi), Lever Arm; Law of Machine; Maximum Mechanical Advantage ( Max M.A.) and Maximum
04
Efficiency (Maximum η) of Machine; Definition- Reversibility of Machine, Irreversible Machine or Non- Reversible Machine or Self- Locking
Machine, Condition for Reversibility of a Machine (no Deviation) and Self- Locking Machine; Graphs; Study of Simple Machines- Simple
Wheel and Axle, Differential Axel and Wheel, a Simple Screw Jack, Weston’s Differential Pulley Block, Worm and Worm Wheel, Single Gear
Crab or Single Purchase Winch Block, Double Gear Crab or Double Purchase Winch Crab, Geared Pulley Block, Pulley Blocks, Two Sheave
and Three Sheave Pulley Block; Problems on Machines
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14014-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14014-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Engineering Mechanics,
Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
T14014 –RB1
Basu
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 18
Engineering Mechanics,
Beer – Johnson
Fundamental of Applied Mechanics,
T14014 –RB3
Dhade, Jamdar & Walawalkar
Applied Mechanics,
T14014 –RB4
R. S. Khurmi
Engineering Mechanics,
T14014 –RB5
Shames and Rao
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14014 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14014-WL1
T14014 –RB2
Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi
Pune Vidhyarthi Gruh Prakashion, Pune
Dhanpat Rai & sons, Delhi
Pearson Education
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 19
T14015: TC, PP AND SOFT-SKILLS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14015
Course Name
TC, PP and Soft-Skills
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
TW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
4. Two session per week, each of 240 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Develop reading and listening skills

Enhance writing skills required for the various types of
letters, reports and office drafting

Express or communication effectively

Apply techniques of effective time management and
appropriate body language

Develop good habits to overcome stress

Obtain information from different sources, organize
collected information and share with peers

Prepare a report on industrial visit/ expert lecture

Participate in the team work activities


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Soft Skills: Introduction, What are Soft Skills, Importance of Soft Skills, Selling Your Soft Skills, Attributes Regarded as Soft Skills, Soft Skills:
Social Soft Skills: Thinking Soft skills: Negotiating, Exhibiting Your Soft Skills, Identifying Your Soft Skills, Improving Your Soft Skills, Will
Formal Training Enhance Your Soft Skills, Soft Skills Training, Train Yourself, Top 60 Soft Skills, Practicing Soft Skills, Measuring Attitude,
Exercise: Measure Your Soft Skills.
02
Know Thyself / Self-Discovery: Introduction, Importance of Knowing Yourself, Process of Knowing Yourself, SWOT Analysis, Benefits of
SWOT Analysis, Using SWOT Analysis, SWOT Analysis Grid, Questions to Complete the Grid, Exercise : Know Yourself
03
04
05
Credit
Block
Developing Positive Attitude: Introduction, Meaning, Features of Attitudes, Attitude and Behavior, Formation of Attitudes, Change of
Attitudes, What Can You do to Change Attitude?, Ways of Changing Attitude in a Person, Attitude in a Workplace, The Power of Positive
Attitude, Developing Positive Attitude, Obstacles in Developing Positive Attitude, Staying Positive, Examples of positive attitude, Positive
Attitude and its Results, Staying Negative, Examples of Negative Attitude, Overcoming Negative Attitude, Negative Attitude and its Results.
Credit
Exercise: Measure your Attitude.
01
Forming Values: Introduction, Meaning, What is a Value?, A Core of Values, Values Relating to Education, Values Relating to Self and
Others, Values Relating to Civic Responsibilities, Values and Attitudes, Importance of Values, Formation of Values, Types of Values,
Terminal and Instrumental Values, Power of Values, Personal Values, Cultural Values, Social Values, Values-some Examples. Exercise:
Identify Your Values.
Improving Perception: Introduction, Meaning, Factors influencing Perception, Perceptual Process, Improving Perception, Perception and
its Application in Organizations, Exercise: Test your perception.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 20
06
07
Career Planning: Introduction, Benefits of Career Planning, Guidelines for Choosing a Career, Myths about Choosing a Career, Tips for
Successful Career Planning, Developing Career Goals, Final Thoughts on Career Planning, Things One Should Know While Starting Career
and During his Career, Exercise: Test Your Career Interests.
Art of Listening: Introduction, What is Listening?, Two Ears-one Mouth, Benefits of Active Listening, Kinds of Listening, Factors that
Hamper Listening, Common poor Listening Habits, Advantages of Active Listening, Listening Tips.
08
Art of Reading: Introduction, Reading is a Cognitive Process, Good Readers are what they Read, Benefits of Reading, Different types of
Reading, Tips for Effective Reading, The SQ3R Technique, Different Stages of Reading, Rates of Reading, Determining a Student's Reading
Rate, Adjusting Reading Rate, Activities for Increasing Reading Rate, Problems With Reading, Becoming an Effective Reader, Exercise: Test
Your Reading Skills.
09
Art of Speaking: Introduction, What Makes Communication Important?, Defining Communication, Special Features of Communication, Credit
02
Communication Process, Channels of Communication, Formal Communication Network, Informal Communication Network (Grapevine
Communication), Importance of Communication, Barriers to Communication, Tips for Effective Communication, Conversation Tips, What
is Presentation?, Tips for Powerful Presentation, Art of Public Speaking, Importance of Public Speaking, Benefits of Public Speaking, Public
Speaking Tips, Over Coming Fear of Public Speaking.
10
Art of Writing: Introduction, Importance of writing, Creative Writing, Writing Tips, Drawbacks of Written Communication, Exercise : Test
your handwriting
11
Art of Writing E-mail: Introduction: The Mail Magic, Use Appropriate Salutations, Make the Subject Matter Significant, Keep a Dictionary
Close By, Use Commas-Use Smileys, When In Doubt, Preface, Include Previous Message, Shorten the file Attachments, Reread Before
Pressing The "Send" Button, Be Polite and Reciprocate Good Deeds, Anticipate, Empathize, Understand, What Netiquette?
12
Body Language: Introduction, Body Talk, Voluntary and Involuntary Body Language, Forms of Body Language, Parts of Body Language,
Origin of Body Language, Uses of Body Language, Body Language in Building Interpersonal Relations, Body Language in Building Industrial
Relations, Reasons to Study Body Language, Improving your Body Language, Types of Body Language, Gender Differences, Female Interest
and Body Language, Shaking Hands with Women, Interpreting Body Language, Developing Confidence with Correct Body Language.
13
Team Building and Teamwork: Introduction, Meaning, Aspects of Team Building, Skills Needed for Teamwork, A Model of Team Building,
Team Vs Group, Characteristics of Effective Team, Role of a Team Leader, Role of Team Members, Nine Persons a Successful Team Should
have, Inter-Group Collaboration, Advantages of Inter-Group Collaboration, Difficulties faced in Inter-Group Collaboration, Factors Shaping
Inter-Group Collaboration, Exercise : Test Your Teamwork Skills
14
Group Discussion: Introduction, Meaning of GD, Why Group Discussion?, Characters Tested in a GD, Tips on GD, Types of GD, Skills
Credit
Required in a GD, Consequences of GD, Behaviour In A GD, Essential Elements of GD, Different Characters in GD, Traits Tested in a GD, GD
03
Etiquette, Areas to be Concentrated while preparing for a GD, Initiating a GD, Techniques to initiate a GD, Non-Verbal Communication in
GD, Movement and Gestures to be avoided in a GD, Topics for GD
15
Etiquette and Manners: Etiquette : Introduction, Modern Etiquette, Benefits of Etiquette, Classification of Etiquette, Accompanying
Women, Taboo Topics, Proposing the Toast;
Manners: Introduction, Poor Manners Noticed in Youth, Why Should you Practice Good Manners?, Practicing good Manners, Manners at
the Wheel: Driving, Manners in The Flight, Respecting The Sacred: Visiting Holy Places, Dealing with the Challenged, Attending Funeral,
Professional Manners, Social Skills (Manners), Getting along With People, Manners to get respect from others, To sum up, Corporate
Grooming Tips, Mind Your Mobile Manners, Annoying Office Habits. Exercise 1 : Test Your Etiquette, Exercise 2 : Test Your Manners
16
Preparing CV / Resume: Introduction, Meaning, Difference Among Bio-Data, CV and Resume, The terms, The Purpose of CV Writing,
Types of Resumes, Interesting facts about Resume, CV Writing Tips, CV/Resume Preparation- the Dos, CV/Resume Preparation- the
Don'ts, Resume Checkup, Design of a CV, Entry Level Resume, The Content of the Resume, Electronic Resume Tips, References, Power
Words, Common Resume Blunders, Key Skills that can be Mentioned in the Resume, Cover Letters -Cover Letter Tips.
17
Interview Skills: Introduction, Why an Interview?, Types of Interview, Interview Panel, Types of Questions Asked, Reasons for Selecting a
Candidate, Reasons for Rejecting a Candidate, On the day of Interview, On to the Interview Table, Attending Job fair, Common Mistakes
that you wouldn't want to do, Questions the Candidate should not ask during the Interview, Post-Interview Etiquette, How does one
Follow Up?, Telephonic Interview, Dress Code at Interview, Typical Questions asked, Interview Mistakes, Quick Tips- How to Present well in
Interview, Tips to Make a Good Impression in an Interview, Job Interview-Basic Tips, How to Search for Job Effectively, Interview
Quotations.
18
Time Management: Introduction, The 80:20 Rule, Take a Good Look at the People around you, Examine your Work, Sense of Time
Management, Time is Money, Features of Time, Three Secrets of Time Management, Time Management Matrix , Analysis of Time Matrix,
Effective Scheduling, Grouping of Activities, Five Steps to Successful Time Management, Difficulties in Time Management, Evils of Not
Planning, Time Management is a Myth, Overcoming Procrastination Ways to Find Free Time, Time Management Tips for Students,
Interesting Facts about Time, Ideal Way of Spending a Day, Time Wasters, Time Savers, Realizing the Value of Time, Time Circle Planner.
Exercise : Test Your Time Management Skills
19
Stress Management: Introduction, Meaning, At one Level Stress May be a Positive Aid to Performance, At one Level Stress may be a
Negative Aid To Performance, Effects of Stress, Kinds of Stress, Sources of Stress, Few other Common Sources of Stress, Case Study,
Behaviour Identified with Stress, Assessing The Existence of Stress, What Are the Signs of Stress?, Spotting Stress in you, Stress
Management Tips Teenage Stress, Make the Mornings Memorable, Exercise: Do You Have Same Stress-Prone Habits?
Credit
04
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Credit Block
Questions
Course Content Covered under ‘Detail Syllabus of Required Theory of T14015: TC, PP and SoftStudents have to submit
Credit 01
Skills’ Course. Based on course content following assignments are suggested which is to be
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
completed in the work-book or Journal
Format’ in CA and Perform
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 21
01 Chapter 1: Measure your soft- skills
Chapter 2: Analyze yourself with respect to your strength and weaknesses, opportunities and threats
02 (SWOT analysis) on the basis of the following points: i) Your past experiences, ii) Achievements,
iii)Failures, and iv)Feedback from others etc
03 Chapter 6 : Test your career interest
04 Chapter 13: Explore your teamwork skills
‘Practical Activity’ and face
Viva for end exam on these
units.
Chapter 14: Discuss a topic in a group and prepare minutes of discussion. Write a report of the topic
discussed
06 Chapter 15 : Test your Etiquettes and manners
07 Chapter 18: Explore your Time Management skills
08 Chapter 19: Explore your stress prone habits
05
Deliver a seminar on the any one topic form your own discipline for 10-12 minutes using
09 presentation aids (Time for presentation 10 min. per student) and submit seminar report of at least
10 pages.
Credit 02
10 Conduct an interview of a personality and make a report for the same.
11
Industry Visit of own discipline to nearby factory/ small scale unit/center be arranged and individual
student has to submit a report on it.
12
Industry Expert Lecture / Lecture by Professionals on latest topic of own discipline be arranged and
individual student has to submit a report on it
Collect and submit a report on Techno-commercial information on any topic of own discipline by an
13 individual student (Sources of data collection may be Technical Journals, Internet, Magazines,
Product catalogues, Exhibition & Surveys etc)
14
Credit 03
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face
Viva for end exam on these
units.
Course Content Covered in T14013: Technical Communication Course. Based on course content
following assignments are suggested which is to be completed in the work-book or Journal
15 Communication Cycle (With The Help of Diagram)
Barriers that obstruct a Particular Communication Situation. (State the type of barrier,
16
and how to overcome them)
17
18
19
20
21
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face
Viva for end exam on these
units.
Credit 04
Developing a Story or a Paragraph for the given Topic Sentence (in a group of 5- 6 students)
Describing Various Equipment’s
Write a Business Letters
Write a Letters of Suggestion
Report Writing
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face
Viva for end exam on these
units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14015-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14015-TB1
Soft Skills
Dr K Alex
2nd Revised
Ed 2011
81-219-3192-4
S Chand & Company Ltd
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
2nd Revised
Ed 2011
T14015 -RB1
Soft Skills
Dr K Alex
81-219-3192-4
S Chand & Company Ltd
T14015 –RB2
Developing Communication Skills
Krushna Mohan, Meera Banerji
Macmillan
T14015 –RB3
Presentation Skills
Michael Hatton ( Canada – India Project)
ISTE New Delhi
T14015 –RB4
Time management
Chakravarty, Ajanta
Rupa and Company
T14015–RB5
Stress Management Through Yoga and Meditation
Sterling Publisher Pvt Ltd
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14015 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 22
T14015-WL1
http://www.mindtools.com
http://www.thomasarmstrong.com/multiple_intelligences.php
http://www.coopcomm.org/workbook.htm
http://www.quickmba.com/strategy/swot/
http://managementhelp.org/
http://www.ethics.com
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 23
T14016: COMPUTER BASICS AND BASIC SCIENCE
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14016
Course Name
Computer Basics and Basic Science
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
2. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
3. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
PART I: COMPUTER BASICS
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand fundamentals of computer system with various
hardware and software components

Use basic features of Windows 7

Use basic features of MS Word 2010, MS Excel2010 and MS
Power Point 2010

Use basic features of Windows Live Essentials, emails and
Internet


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Fundamentals of Computer: Various Types of Computers: Personal Computer, Personal Digital Assistant, Laptop Computer, Tablet PC with
Stylus, Mainframe Computer, Supercomputer ; Computer Hardware : Keyboard, Mouse , Monitor, Printer, Speakers ,Scanner; System Unit :
Front Side of the System Unit, Backside of the System Unit, Inside the System Unit; Other Hardware Devices, Computer Software: System
Software, Application Software
Introducing Window 7: Exploring New and Improved Features of Windows 7: The Getting Started Menu, HomeGroup, Jump List ; Aero Peek,
Aero Snap, and Aero Shake, Windows Search, Windows Taskbar, Desktop Gadget Gallery , Performance Improvements, Play To, Ribbon,
Remote Media Streaming, Windows Touch, Libraries , Internet Explorer 8, Action Centre, Windows Live Essentials, Device Management,
Exploring Windows 7 Editions, Installing Windows 7: System Requirements, Fresh Installation, Window7 Upgrade Advisor, Upgrade from
Previous Versions of Windows, Windows Update, Starting Windows 7, Getting Help in Windows 7, Logging Off, Restarting, and Shutting
01
Down a System
Exploring the Windows 7 User Interface: Exploring the Desktop, Working with Desktop Icons, Changing the Properties of the Desktop,
Working with Desktop Gadgets. Using the Taskbar, Customizing the Taskbar, Managing an Opened Window, Customizing the Notification
Area, Using the Start Menu, Starting a Program , Pinning a Program to the Start Menu, Customizing the Start Menu
Working with Windows Explorer: Exploring the Windows Explorer Interface: Address Bar, Search Box, Toolbar ,Navigation Pane, Content
Pane , Detail Pane, Preview Pane, Menu Bar, Working with Libraries: Exploring Libraries, Creating a New Library; Performing Basic File and
Folder Operations: Creating Files and Folders, Renaming Files and Folders, Opening and Viewing the Content of Folders, Copying and Moving
Files and Folders, Deleting Files or Folders; Performing Advanced File and Folder Operations: Compressing Files and Folders, Setting File
Properties, Searching Files and Folders, Burning Files to a CD or DVD; Working with Recycle Bin: Permanently Deleting Items from Recycle
Bin, Recovering Items from Recycle Bin
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Page 24
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
Working with Internet Explorer and Windows Live Essentials: Working with Internet Explorer: Opening Internet Explorer , Accessing a Web
Site, Tabbed Browsing of Web Pages, Printing a Web Page , Managing Favorites , Exploring History, Changing the Home Page, Enabling and
Disabling Pop‐Ups, Phishing Filter. Using Windows Live Essentials: Downloading and Installing Windows, Live Essentials, Working with
Windows Live Messenger, Working with Windows Live Family Safety, Working with Social Sites
Introducing Microsoft Word 2010: Exploring New Features of Microsoft Word 2010, Starting Microsoft Word 2010 , Exploring the User
Interface of MS Word 2010, Exploring the Common Features of MS; Word application: Mini toolbar, Live preview , Contextual Tab, Key Tips
,Screen Tips; Exploring Tabs in Ribbon: Home Tab, Insert Tab, Page Layout Tab, References Tab, Mailings Tab, Review Tab, View Tab; Saving
the Document: Saving a Document in Compatible Format , Saving Document as a PDF File; Creating a New Document : Creating a Blank
Document , Creating a Document based on a Template , Opening an Existing Document ,Closing the Document; Quitting from Microsoft
Word 2010
Working with First Document in MS Word 2010: Preparing the First Document: Setting the Page Margins, Changing the Page Size, Changing
the Page Orientation; Working with Text : Adding Text in a Document, Editing Text , Creating Bulleted and Numbered Lists ; Applying Text
Formatting: Changing Font and Font Size of Text, Applying Bold, Italic, and Underline , Applying Strikethrough, Subscript and Superscript ,
Changing the Color of Text, Copying and Clearing Formatting; Applying Paragraph Formatting : Setting Indent for Paragraph, Adding a
Paragraph Border ; Changing the Page Background : Applying a Background Color , Adding Built‐In Watermark , Creating and Applying
Custom Watermark ; Adding a Page Border, Inserting Header and Footer, Changing the Document Views ; Printing the Document :
Previewing a Document , Setting Print Options
Proofreading a Document: Proofreading a Document, Performing Spelling and Grammar Checks, Using the Thesaurus, Using the word Count
Feature, working with the AutoCorrect Option, Restricting Editing in a Document, Inserting and Removing Comments, Reviewing a
Document, Tracking Changes, Accepting and Rejecting Changes
Working with Pictures and Tables:
Working with Graphical Object : Inserting a Picture, Inserting Clip Art , Inserting a Shape, Inserting a SmartArt Graphic , Inserting a WordArt ,
Performing Advance Operation on Graphical Object : Cropping a Picture, Adding a Border to a Picture, Removing the Background of a Picture
, Changing the Brightness or Contrast of a Picture, Setting Height and Width of a Graphical Object , Grouping Objects , Wrapping Text ;
Working with Table: Inserting a Table, Adding Rows and Columns in an Existing Table, Changing Rows Height and Columns Width , Merging
and Splitting Cells, Splitting a Table, Changing Cell Margins and Cell Spacing , Inserting a Formula , Adding Borders and Shadings
Introduction to Excel 2010: Exploring New and Enhanced Features of Excel 2010, Understanding Workbooks and Worksheets, Starting
Microsoft Excel 2010, Exploring the Microsoft Excel 2010 User Interface : The File Tab , Quick Access Toolbar , The Title Bar, The Minimize,
Maximize/Restore, and Close Buttons ,The Ribbon , The Formula Bar, The Name box , The Worksheet ,Scroll Bars ,The Sheet Tab ,The Status
Bar; Exploring the Ribbon : Customizing the Ribbon, Exploring the Excel Options Dialog Box ; Working with Templates: Creating a Workbook
by using a Template ,Customizing a Template, Closing a Workbook and Quitting Microsoft Excel 2010, Application
Working with Worksheets and Cells: Exploring the Different Types of Data used in Excel: Entering Data in a Worksheet, Saving a Workbook ,
Opening an Existing Workbook, Managing Worksheets in a Workbook :Adding a New Worksheet, Renaming a Worksheet, Deleting a
Credit
Worksheet ; Working with Rows and Columns: Inserting Rows and Columns , Deleting Rows and Columns, Describing the Cut, Copy, and
02
Paste Commands : Using the Cut Command ,Using the Copy Command , Using the Paste Command; Formatting Cells : Adjusting the Row and
Column of Cells, Working with Fonts , Working with Text Alignment ; Formatting a Worksheet : Setting the Margins in a Worksheet , Inserting
Headers and Footers in a Worksheet, Editing a Header and Footer, Printing a Worksheet
Working with Charts, Smart Art graphics, and Sparklines: Understanding Charts : Understanding Chart Type , Working with Charts, Working
with Chart Options; Working with Smart Art Graphics: Inserting SmartArt graphics in a Worksheet , Adding Text to a SmartArt graphic ,
Selecting a Style for a SmartArt Graphic; Understanding Sparklines , Working with Sparklines : Creating Sparklines, Changing the Type and
Colour of Sparklines, Highlighting Data Points , Deleting Sparklines
Working with Formulas and Functions: Exploring the Basic Concepts used in Formulas: Understanding Operators in Formulas,Understanding
Operator Precedence , Understanding Cell Referencing; Exploring the Basic Concepts used in Function: Explaining the Function Syntax,
Correcting Errors in a Function; Working with Mathematical and Statistical Functions: Using the Product Function , Using the SUM Function,
Using the ROUND Function ,Using the AVERAGE Function ; Working with Text Functions: Using the CONCATENATE Function , Using the LEN
Function, Using the FIND Function ; Working with Logical Functions : Using the AND Function, Using the IF Function, Using the OR Function ;
Working with Financial Functions :Using the PV Function, Using the NPV Function , Using the FV Function, Using the PMT Function, Using the
NPER Function ,Using the RATE Function
Introducing Microsoft PowerPoint 2010: Exploring Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 Features , Launching Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 , Exploring
Microsoft PowerPoint 2010 Interface : Quick Access Toolbar, Title Bar, Minimize, Maximize, and Close Buttons, File Tab, Ribbon, Dialog Box
Launcher, Scroll Bar ,Working Area , Slides and Outline Tabs , Slide Pane , Notes Pane, Status Bar, Navigation Pane , Zoom Control ; Exploring
the Tabs: The Home Tab, The Insert Tab, The Design Tab, The Transitions Tab,The Animations Tab , The Slide Show Tab, The Review Tab, The
View Tab; Creating a Presentation in Different Ways: Creating a Presentation using the Blank Template , Creating a Presentation using an
Installed Template, Inserting a New Slide ; Saving a Presentation: Saving Presentation in the Default File Format Saving Presentation as PDF,
Getting Help on PowerPoint , Closing the Presentation and Quitting PowerPoint; Exploring PowerPoint Options : General Tab , Proofing Tab,
Save Tab ,Language Tab , Advanced Tab, Customize Ribbon Tab, Quick Access Toolbar Tab, Add‐Ins Tab, Trust Centre Tab
Working with a Presentation: Opening an Existing Presentation, Working with Text: Adding Text Using a Placeholder ,Adding Text Using a
Text Box, Adding Current Date and Time , Adding Slide Number, Formatting the Text ,Creating a Bulleted List ; Moving and Deleting Slides:
Moving a Slide, Deleting a Slide ; Working with Themes: Adding Themes, Setting a New Font for the Theme , Setting a Theme as a Default
Theme
Inserting Objects in a Presentation: Adding Charts to a Slide, Working with Clip Arts: Inserting a Clip Art, Modifying a Clip Art ; Working with
Images : Inserting an Image, Cropping an Image, Inserting a Shape , Inserting WordArt ; Working with Smart Art Graphics: Inserting a
SmartArt Graphic, Converting Text into SmartArt Graphic ; Working with Tables: Inserting a Table , Adding Text in a Table, Deleting a Table;
Adding Videos and Sound Clip: Adding a Video, Adding a Sound Clip
Enhancing the Presentation: Working with the Transition Effects: Adding a Transition Style ,Adding a Transition Sound, Setting Time
Duration of a Slide, Applying the Transition Effect to all Slides, Applying Effects on a Transition; Working with Animation: Adding Animation
to an Object , Applying Effects to an Animated Object, Reordering Animation; Creating a Photo Album, Printing a Presentation
Sharing a Presentation :Sending a Presentation as an E‐mail, Saving a Presentation on the Web; Converting a Presentation in a Video Format
,Packaging Your Presentation on a CD
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 25
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 14 Activities)
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
Credit
Block
A. Fundamentals of Computer:
Study various types of computers and review the parts of computer
B. Introducing Window 7:
Install windows 7 and explore new features of windows 7
Working with Windows Explorer
Navigating folders and their contents
Staying organized with your own folders
Choosing how your folders and user interface behave
Sharing and protecting folders and files
Simplifying organization with libraries
Backing up by burning to CD or DVD
Exploring the Windows 7 User Interface
Getting familiar with the desktop
Handling tasks with the improved task bar
Accessing your favorites quickly with jump lists
Finding files and programs with Windows Search
Using the Action Center
Keeping information at your fingertips with desktop gadgets
Working with Internet Explorer:
Opening Internet Explorer
Accessing a Web Site
Tabbed Browsing of Web Pages
Printing a Web Page
Managing Favorites
Exploring History
Phishing Filter
Working with Windows Live Essentials:
Setting up your Windows Live profile
Downloading Windows Live Essentials
Tracking dates and events with the Windows Live calendar
Free email with Windows Live Mail
Texting live with Windows Live Messenger
Organizing and sharing photos in Photo Gallery
Controlling content and communications with Family Safety
Introducing Microsoft Word 2010:
Word Backstage: From "New" to "Print"
Managing documents with Backstage view
Creating a new document from a template
Making it easy to find and open documents
Saving a Word document for yourself or others
Printing a document and choosing a printer
Setting print options
Working with First Document in MS Word 2010:
A. Editing Text
Selecting text using the mouse and keyboard shortcuts
Rearranging text using Cut, Copy, and Paste
Undoing and redoing actions
Finding and replacing text
B. Formatting Text
Understanding fonts
Working with fonts
Applying basic formatting
Changing the case of text
Using text effects and adding impact to a document
C. Formatting Paragraphs
Aligning and justifying paragraphs
Changing line spacing
Using indents and setting tabs
Creating a bulleted or numbered list
Keeping text together through page breaks
Applying shading and borders to paragraphs
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 26
08
09
10
11
12
Working with First Document in MS Word 2010:
A. Modifying Page Layout
Setting page margins, page orientation, and paper size
Inserting sections to organize a document
Using columns
Using watermarks, page borders, and colors
Proofreading a Document:
B. Proofing Documents
Checking spelling and grammar
Setting proofing and AutoCorrect options
Using the Thesaurus and Research and Translation tools
Working with Pictures and Tables:
A. Illustrating a Document
Illustrating documents with pictures, shapes, and clip art
Positioning, sizing, and cropping graphics
Wrapping text around graphics
Laying out text and graphics with a table
Adjusting brightness, contrast, and sharpness of photos
Applying special effects to graphics
Applying styles to graphics
Illustrating with charts: Inserting a chart from Excel
Illustrating with diagrams: Using SmartArt
Illustrating with screenshots: Capturing screenshots from your computer
Illustrating with WordArt
B. Working with Tables
Creating a table to organize text
Converting text to tables
Formatting tables for readability
Adding and removing columns
Sorting table data
Merging, splitting, and formatting cells to create a form
Converting a table to text
Inserting an Excel table for calculations and charts
Using Quick Tables
Working with Worksheets and Cells:
Worksheet Basics
Creating a worksheet
Techniques for copying and pasting
Entering data automatically with Auto Fill
Targeting large data groups
Changing a worksheet's structure
Working with Formulas and Functions:
Excel Formula Basics
Understanding formulas and functions
Entering data in a worksheet
Adding numbers manually
Adding numbers using Sum and AutoSum
Adding a whole worksheet
Working with numbers in columns
Preventing errors using absolute references
Working with times and dates
Using IF
Using SUMIF and AVERAGEIF
Naming and using cell ranges
Working with Worksheets and Cells:
Essential Formatting
Formatting numbers and dates
Applying fonts, background colors, and borders
Adjusting columns, rows, and text
Using conditional formatting
Using custom conditional formatting
Adding pictures and shapes
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 27
13
14
15
16
Working with Charts, Smart Art graphics, and Sparklines:
Creating and Using Charts
Choosing chart types
Inserting Sparklines
Creating a column chart
Modifying a column chart
Creating and modifying a pie chart
Placing Excel charts into other Office applications
Introducing Microsoft PowerPoint 2010:
Adding slides and content
Deleting slides and changing layouts
Rearranging slides
Saving time with Outline mode
Separating your show into sections
Adding photos and clip art
Spell-checking
Using the thesaurus
Saving a presentation
Applying a theme
Running the show
Working with a Presentation:
Formatting a Presentation
Using fonts and color
Adding bullets and list numbering
Changing text alignment
Using picture effects
Removing backgrounds from photos
Understanding slide masters
Changing slide backgrounds
Adding a logo to the background
Applying slide transitions
Saving the design template
Inserting Objects in a Presentation:
A. Adding Tables and Charts
Creating tables
Formatting tables
Pasting tables from Excel
Creating charts
Pasting charts from Excel
B. Adding Audio and Video
Adding an audio clip
Adding video
Cropping video
C. Adding SmartArt and Diagrams
Adding organizational charts
Adding cycle diagrams, Venn diagrams, and other diagrams
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14016-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14016-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Information Technology for
Management
Henry Lucas
Tata Mc-Graw Hills
T14016 -RB1
T14016–RB2
Computer Fundamentals
Architecture and
New Age International
Publisher
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 28
Organisation
B.Ram
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T04016 -CD1
1st Reprint
2002
Comdex Computer Course Kit
Vikas Gupta
Dreamtech, New Delhi
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T04016-WL1
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
PART II: BASIC SCIENCE
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
Basic Physics

Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under
different conditions

Interpret the results from observations and calculations
Basic Chemistry

Analyze the various solutions used in chemical Laboratory

Interpret the results by observing Chemical Reactions


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14011: Basic Science (Part I: Basic Physics course)
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14011: Basic Science (Part II: Basic Chemistry course)
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Credit
Block
Perform any seven (7) activities from T14011: Basic Science (Part I: Basic Physics course)
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
01 To use Vernier Caliper for the measurement of dimensions of given object.
02
Questions
To use Micrometer Screw Gauge for the measurement of dimensions (Length, Thickness, Diameter) of
given object.
03 To calculate Young’s modulus of elasticity of metal (e.g. steel) wire.
04
To study capillarity phenomenon and to verify that the height of liquid in capillary is inversely
proportional to the radius of capillary.
05 To determine coefficient of viscosity of given liquid or fluid (Glycerin) using Stoke’s Method.
06 To calculate the Linear Thermal coefficient of expansion for copper by using Pullinger’s apparatus.
Credit 01
07 Determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper by Searle’s method.
08 To Verify Boyle’s law and to find out atmospheric pressure in the laboratory using graph.
09 To determine the velocity of sound by using resonance tube.
10 Determine stiffness constant ‘K’ of a helical spring.
11 Determine refractive index of liquid by concave mirror.
Perform any seven (7) activities from T14011: Basic Science (Part II: Basic Chemistry course)
Perform qualitative analysis of five Solutions, Containing One Basic and One Acidic Radical as Listed
01- below
+2
+2
+3
+2
+3
+3
+2
+2
+2
+2
+2
+
4+
Credit 02
05 Basic Radicals: Pb , Cu , Al , Fe , Fe , Cr , Zn , Ni , Ca , Ba ,Mg , K , NH
- -2
-2
Acidic Radicals: Cl , Br , I , CO3 , SO4 , NO3
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
06 To Determine electrochemical equivalent of Cu by Using CuSO4 Solution & Copper Electrode
07 To Determine the % of Fe in the Given Ferrous Alloy by KMnO4 Method.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 29
Determine pH value of given solutions by using pH paper, universal indicator and pH
Meter.
09 To Prepare Phenol Formaldehyde Resin (Backelite).
08
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T04016-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T04016-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Part I : Basic Physics
Engineering Physics
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14011 –RB1
V. Rajendran
Engineering Physics
S. Chand Publishers – New Delhi
T14011 –RB2
B.L. Theraja
Engineering Physics
Dhanpat Rai Publication,
T14011 –RB3
R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
New Delhi
T14011 –RB4
Physics- Std XI, Std XII
Physics- Std XI, Std XII
Part II : Basic Chemistry
Engineering Chemistry,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
T14011-RB5
Jain & Jain
Engineering Chemistry,
S. Chand Publication
T14011–RB6
S. S. Dara,
Industrial Chemistry,
1st 2002
Goel Publication
T14011 –RB7
B. K. Sharma,
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14016 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14016-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 30
SEMESTER 02
T14021: APPLIED SCIENCE
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14021
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Applied Science
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
Part I: Applied Physics

Understand aspects of kinematics, kinetics, ultrasonic,
acoustics, indoor lighting

Basic principles of probing medium used for N.D.T.

Concept used in Nano-technology
Part II: Applied Chemistry

Understand use of metals & non- metallic materials in
engineering field

Analyze Protect Metallic & Non Metallic Surfaces

Apply the knowledge to select lubricants as per application


Special Note: Theory paper will have two parts one for Applied Physics and one for Applied Chemistry. Each will have equal weightage of 50 marks (CA 10
Marks and End Exam 40 Marks).
UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Part I : Applied Physics
01
02
03
04
Rectilinear Motion
Angular Motion
Kinetics
Ultrasonic
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
07
08
Non-Destructive Testing of Materials
Acoustics
Indoor Lighting
Introduction of Nano Technology
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Part II : Applied Chemistry
09
10
11
Electrochemistry
Non Metallic Engineering Material
Lubricant
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 31
12
13
Metals and Alloys
Corrosion
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Part I : Applied Physics
01
Rectilinear Motion: Introduction; Important Definitions: Kinematics, Rectilinear Motion, Displacement, Distance, Velocity, Uniform
Velocity, Average Velocity, Speed, Acceleration, Uniform Acceleration, Uniform Acceleration; Kinematics Equation of Motion with Uniform
Acceleration or Equation of Rectilinear Motion with Uniform Motion: (i)Equation of Motion when Velocity of a Body Moving with Uniform
Acceleration after Time ‘t’, (ii)Equation of Motion when Distance (s) Travelled by a Body Moving with Uniform Velocity, (iii)Equation of
Motion when Velocity of a Body Moving with Uniform Acceleration after covering a Distance ‘s’, (iv) Equation of Motion when Distance
travelled in nth Second by Particle (or Body) Moving with Uniform Acceleration, from these (i),(ii),(iii),(iv) Equations we get four Kinematics
Equations of Motion or Equations of Rectilinear Motion with Uniform Acceleration; V-T Diagram; Equations of Rectilinear Motion under
Gravity; Problems on Equation of rectilinear Motion; Problems on Equation of Rectilinear Motion under Gravity; Problems on V-T Diagram
02
Angular Motion: Introduction; Definitions of Important Terms: Angular Motion or Circular Motion, Angular Displacement(θ), Angular
Velocity (ω), Uniform Angular Velocity, Angular Acceleration (α), Uniform Angular Acceleration; Equations of Angular Motion with
Constant Angular Acceleration; Analogy between Equations of Circular Motion and Equation of Rectilinear Motion; Relation between
Rectilinear Motion and Angular Motion; Simple Harmonic Motion (S.H.M.); S.H.M. as projections of Circular Motion; Definitions related to
S.H.M.; Graphical representation of S.H.M., Graphical representation of Displacement, Velocity, and Acceleration of particle in S.H.M;
Examples of Angular Motion; Examples on Relation between Rectilinear Motion and Circular Motion; Problems on S.H.M.
03
Kinetics: Introduction; Important Definitions: Mass, Momentum, Velocity, Speed, Acceleration, Impact, Impulse or Impulse Force,
Impulsive Force (F); Newton’s Laws of Motion: Newton’s First Law of Motion, Newton’s Second Law of Motion, Newton’s Third Law of
Motion; Law of Conservation of Momentum: Recoil of Gun, Recoil Velocity; Equation of Motion with Uniform Linear Accelerations:
Equation of Motion under Gravity; Problems on Momentum and Impulse; Problems on Newton’s Laws of Motion; Problems on the Law of
Conservation of Momentum; Motion Lift; Motion of two bodies of weight W1 and W2 connected by a string or rope passing over a
Frictionless Pulley; Problems on Motion of Lift (Elevator or Cage); Problems on Two Connected Bodies by an Inextensible String or rope
Passing Over a Frictionless Pulley
04
Ultrasonic: Ultrasonic Waves: Application, Definition: Ultrasonic Waves, Definition: Infrasonic Waves, Range; Production of Ultrasonic
Waves; Magnetostriction Effect; Magnetostriction Method; Piezo-Electric Effect; Piezo-Electric Method; Properties of Ultrasonic Waves;
Application of Ultrasonic Waves.
05
Non-Destructive Testing of Materials: Introduction to NDT (Non Destructive Testing); Destructive Testing; Non Destructive Testing:
Advantages of NDT, Limitations of NDT, Names of NDT Methods used in Industries, Factors for Selection of NDT; Liquid Penetration
Method (Dyepenetrant Test): Principle, Procedure, General Interpretation of results, Liquid Penetrants, Advantages, Limitations,
Applications; Magnetic Particle Method (Magnaflux): Principle, Procedure, Advantages, Limitations, Applications, Characteristics of MPT
and Factors for Selection; Ultrasonic Testing: Principle, Ultrasonic Test Method, Procedure, Advantages, Limitations, Applications,
Precautions
06
07
08
Credit
01
Acoustics: Introduction; Frequency of Sound and Limits of Audibility; Pitch/ Loudness/Timbre; Intensity of Sound; Reflection of Sound;
Coefficient of Absorption(a); Transmission Coefficient (t); Reflection Coefficient (r); Weber and Fetcher’s Law: Intensity Level, Threshold of
Audacity, Threshold of Pain; Echo; Reverberation; Reverberation Time; Sabine’s Formula for Reverberation Time; Conditions for Good
Acoustics; Noise pollution and its Prevention; Factors which affect the Acoustical planning of Auditorium and its Remedy, Remedies to Credit
Reduce the Effect of External Noise; Sound Insulation; Solved Problems
02
Indoor Lighting: Introduction; Important Definitions; Inverse Square Law of Illumination; Illuminance of Obligate Incidence; Principle of
Photometry (Equations of Photometry); Bunsen’s Photometer: Working, Applications; Indoor Lighting: Need, Lighting Schemes, Factors
Affecting the Indoor Lighting, Advantages of Illumination or Lighting System; Solved Problems
Introduction to Nano Technology: Introduction; Nanomaterials: Manufacture/Preparation of Nanomaterials; Graphite; Fullerene;
Quantum Dots and Quantum Wells; Carbon Nanotubes (CNT’s); Properties of Carbon Nanotubes; Application of Carbon Nanotubes;
Nanowires; Nanocones; Haeckelites; Applications of Nanomaterials: Medical, Applications in Environmental Technology, Applications in
Electronics; General Applications
Part II : Applied Chemistry
09
Electrochemistry: Conductivity of Electrolytes: Ohm’s law, Specific Conductivity or Conductance (k), Equivalent Conductivity (λv), Molar
Conductivity (λm), Measurement of Conductance, Cell Constant, Variation of Specific Conductance with Dilution, Variation of Equivalent
Conductance with Dilution; Concept of pH and pOH; Buffer Solutions: Acidic Buffers - Acidic Buffer can be made from Acetic Acid and
Sodium Acetate, Basic Buffers – Basic Buffer can be prepared from Ammonium Hydroxide and Ammonium Chloride; Application of pH in
Engineering
10
Non-Metallic Engineering Materials: Engineering Plastic and Rubbers: Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC), Polystrene (PS), Bakelite (Phenolplasts or Credit
03
phenolic Resins), Kevlar, Epoxy resins (Polyethers), Polycarbonates (PC), Polyurethanes, Teflon (Polytetrafluroethylene, PTFE) or Fluon,
Thermocole, Reclaimed Rubber, Reinforced Plastics or Filled Plastics, Polyvinyl Acetate (Poly Acetals), Silicones; Ceramics: Classification on
basis of Application, General properties of Ceramics, Basic Raw Materials; Porcelain; Refractories: Classification, Properties, Applications;
Composite Materials: Types of Composites, Advantageous Characteristics of Composite
11
Lubricants: Introduction; Classification: Solid Lubricants, Semi- solid Lubricants, Liquid Lubricants or Lubricating Oils; Lubrication: Fluid
Film or Thick Film or Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Boundary Lubrication or Thin-Film Lubrication, Extreme-Pressure Lubrication; Function of
Lubrication; Selection of Lubrication; Characteristics of Lubricants: Physical Properties, Chemical Properties
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 32
12
13
Metals and Alloys: Metallurgy: Crushing, Concentration (or Dressing of the Ore); Ores of Iron: Oxides, Carbonate Ores, Sulphides; Indian
Resources of Iron; Manufacture of Pig Iron (Extraction of Iron): Working of Blast Furnace, Operation of Blast Furnace; Products of the Blast
Furnace; Commercial Forms of Iron: Pig Iron or Cast Iron, Wrought Iron, Steel; Types of Castings; Heat Treatment: Hardening or
Quenching, Tempering, Annealing (Softening), Normalizing; Ferrous Alloys: Steels, Alloys of Steels, Purpose of Alloying Steels, Effects of
Alloying Elements on Properties of Steel, Classification of Alloy Steels; Non-Ferrous Alloys: Copper Alloys, Aluminium Alloys (or LightCredit
Weight Alloys), Bearing Alloys, Solders, Nickel Alloys, Low Melting Alloys
04
Corrosion: Introduction; Types of Corrosion: Atmospheric Corrosion, Factors Affecting Atmospheric Corrosion, Immersed Corrosion (or
Electrochemical Corrosion), Mechanism of Electrochemical Corrosion; Protection of Metals from Corrosion: Purification of Metal, Alloy
Formation, Cathodic Protection (Making Metal Cathode), Controlling External Conditions, Application of Protective Coatings; Method of
Applying Metallic Coating: Hot Dipping, Metal Spraying, Cementation or Diffusion Coatings, Metal Cladding, Electroplating; Non-corrosive
Material; Organic Coating: Paints, Lacquers, Enamels, Emulsions Paints, Special Paints
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14021-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14021-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Physics –I
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14021 –RB1
V. Rajendran
Applied physics
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14021 –RB2
Arthur Beiser
Engineering Physics
Dhanpat Rai Publication,
T14021 –RB3
R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
New Delhi
Fundamentals of Physics
8th Edition
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
T14021 –RB4
Resnick, Halliday & Walker
Nano technology- principles and practices
Capital publishing company
T14021 –RB5
Dr. S K Kulkarni
Engineering Chemistry,
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
T14021 –RB6
Jain & Jain
Engineering Chemistry,
S. Chand Publication
T14021 –RB7
S. S. Dara,
Environmental Chemistry & Pollution Control,
S. Chand Publication
T14021 –RB8
S. S. Dara,
Polytechnic Chemistry,
Jain brothers
T14021 –RB9
Vedprakash Mehta,
Industrial Chemistry,
1st
Goel Publication
T14021 –RB10
B. K. Sharma,
2002
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14021 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14021-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 33
T14022: APPLIED MATHEMATICS -1
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14022
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Applied Mathematics-1
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Apply basic facts, concepts, principles and procedures of
mathematics as a tool to analyze engineering problems


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Functions
Limits
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
Derivatives
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
04
05
06
Applications of Derivatives
Measures of Central Tendency
Graphical Representation
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
Measures of Dispersion
Complex numbers
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
01
Functions: Introduction, Definitions of Variable, Constant, Intervals such as Open, Closed, Semi-Open etc., Definition of Function, Value of
a Function, Range and Domain of a Function, Types of Functions, Illustrative Examples
02
Limits: Introduction, Concept of Limit, Theorems of Limits, Types of Limits- Algebraic, Trigonometric, Exponential, Logarithmic, Illustrative
Examples
03
Derivatives: Concept of Derivative, Definition of Derivative, Different Notations for Derivative, First Principle Method of Finding Derivative
of a Function, List of Derivatives of Standard Functions, Rules of Derivatives- Sum or Difference, Product, Quotient, Composite Functions,
Credit
List of Derivatives of Composite Function at a Glance, Derivatives of Exponential Functions, Derivatives of Logarithmic Functions,
02
Derivatives of Inverse Functions, Derivatives of Implicit Functions, Logarithmic Differentiation, Derivative of Parametric Functions,
Derivative of One Functions with respective to Another Functions, Higher Order Derivatives, Illustrative Examples
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
01
Page 34
04
05
Application of Derivatives: Introduction, Geometrical Meaning of Derivative(Slope, Gradient), Equations of a Tangent and a Normal to the
given Curve, Maxima and Minima, Radius of Curvature, Illustrative Examples
Credit
03
Measures of Central Tendency: Introduction, Mean, Median and Mode for raw, ungrouped and grouped Data/frequency distribution,
Illustrative Examples
06
Graphical Representation: Introduction, Histogram Construction when Class Intervals are Equal and Unequal, Cumulative Frequency
Curve or Ogive Curves to find Median, Illustrative Examples
07
Measures of Dispersion: Introduction, The Range, Mean Deviation, Standard Deviation, Variance, Coefficient of Standard Deviation,
Coefficient of Variance, Illustrative Examples
08
Complex Number: Introduction, Definition of Complex Number, Powers of i and Properties of i, Algebra of Complex number- Conjugate, Credit
Equality, addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division, Graphical representation of a Complex Number (Argand’s Diagram)- Modulus
04
of Complex Number, Amplitude of Complex Number, Different Forms of a Complex Number, De-Moivre’s Theorem (without proof)
Examples based on it, Root of Complex Numbers, Circular Functions of Complex Number, Hyperbolic Functions, Relations between
Circular and Hyperbolic Functions
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14022-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14022-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Mathematics for Polytechnic
First
Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,
T14022 -RB1
S. P. Deshpande
Aug 2005
Calculus :Single Variable
Tata McGraw Hill
T14022 –RB2
Robert T Smith
Advanced Engineering Mathematics
S. Chand Publication, New Delhi
T14022 –RB3
Dass H. K.
Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics
S. Chand Publications New Delhi
T14022 –RB4
S.C Gupta and Kapoor
Higher Engineering Mathematics,
40th Edition 81-7409-195-5
T14022 –RB5
Dr B S Grewal,
2009
Khanna Publishers
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14022 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14022-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 35
T14023: ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS & APPLICATIONS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V62: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14023
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Electronic Components & Applications
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand the construction, working principle of the various
electronics component

Draw Layout of the electronics Circuits, Designing and testing of
the PCB

Understand importance of Surface mount technology

Identify and select electronic components as per specified
applications


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Resistors
Capacitors
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
05
06
Inductors
Cables
Connectors
Relays
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
09
Switches
Displays
Integrated Circuits (IC)
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
10
11
Surface Mount Devices (SMD)
Printed Circuit Board (PCB)
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Resistors: Factors affecting resistance, classification of resistors, Linear and Non-Linear Resistors, Equivalent circuit of resistor, Materials
used for resistors, Specifications of resistors, Resistance color coding, Classification of Resistors:
1.
Fixed Resistors: Carbon Composition Resistors, Carbon Film Resistors, Wire Wound Resistors
2.
Variable Resistors:
a.
Linear: Potentiometers - Logarithmic and Linear, Trimmer, Rheostat
b. Non-Linear: Light Dependent Resistors (LDR), Temperature Dependent Resistors (TDR)
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Page 36
02
03
04
Capacitors: classification of capacitors, Materials used for capacitors, Dielectric Materials, Specifications of capacitors, capacitor color
coding, Equivalent circuit of capacitors, Classification of capacitors:
1.
Fixed capacitors: Non-Electrolytic capacitors, Disc Ceramic capacitors, Paper capacitors, Mica capacitors, Plastic Film
capacitors, Glass Capacitors, Electrolytic capacitors, Aluminum Electrolytic capacitors, Tantalum Electrolytic capacitors
2.
Variable Capacitors: Requirements, Air-Gang capacitors, PVC Gang capacitors, Trimmer capacitors
Inductors: Different Magnetic Materials, Hysteresis, Soft and hard Magnetic Materials and its comparison, Magnetic Material Losses,
Hysteresis Losses, Eddy Current Losses, Iron Losses, Faraday’s Law of Electromagnetic induction, Induced EMF, Specifications of Inductors,
Shielding of Inductors, Testing of Inductors, Inductor color coding, Classification of Inductors:
1.
Fixed Inductors: Air core Inductors, Iron core inductors, Ferrite Core inductors, comparison of these types
2.
Variable Inductors: Slug tuned inductors, Tapped inductors
3. Frequency Range Inductors: AF Chokes, RF Chokes, IF Chokes, Toroidal Inductors
Credit
02
Cables: Characteristics, Types, High and low impedance cable, Ribbon cable, High Temperature Cable, Flat Twin Cable, RF Cable, Telephone
Cable, FRC Cable, Optical Fiber Cable, Measurement of test parameters, Carious test on coaxial cables
05
Connectors: Specifications, Types of connectors - Audio, Phone Plug and Jacks, RF, Video, Printer, RH-45, Edge, FRC
06
Relays: Characteristics, Types of Relays - Electromagnetic , Reed, Mercury wetted , Comparisons among various types
07
Switches: Specifications, Types of switches - Toggle, Rotary, Rocker, Slide, Push button, Thumb Wheel
08
09
Displays: LED, Bicolor LED, LCD, LED / LCD comparison , Seven Segment Displays, Common Anode Displays, Common Cathode Displays, 16
Segment Display, 14 Segment Display, Dot Matrix Array, Passive Display, Dynamic Scattering Display, Field Effect Displays
Credit
03
Integrated Circuits (IC): Advantages and disadvantages of ICs, IC Applications, IC Classification – Analog ICs, Digital ICs, Monolithic ICs,
Thin and Thick Film ICs, Hybrid ICs. Comparison among various types of ICs, IC package types and its testing
10
Surface Mount Devices (SMD): Surface mount technology and fabrication, Advantages and disadvantages of SMDs, Types of SMDs –
Resistors, Ceramic Capacitors, Tantalum capacitors, Active components, SOT, SOICs, PLCC, SOJ, DFP, SQFP, BGA, Land Pattern of SMDs,
Applications of SMDs
11
Printed Circuit Board (PCB): Types of PCBs, Base and conducting materials, types and properties of laminates, Single side PCB.
1.
PCB Layout – Artwork, Artwork materials, Film Master Production, Reprographic Cameras, Film processing, Artwork check and
inspection.
Credit
2.
Pattern Transfer – Etching, PCB Drilling, component mounting
04
3.
Soldering – Hand soldering, Dip Soldering, Wave soldering, necessary conditions for good soldering, Solders, Soldering defects,
safety, health and medical aspects of soldering
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14023-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14023-TB1
T14023-TB2
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electronic Components and Materials
Shroff Publishers & Distributors private Ltd
T14023 -RB1
Madhuri Joshi
Printed Circuit Boards
Tata McGraw Hill
T14023 –RB2
Walter C.Bosshart
Electronic Components and Materials
Dhanpat Rai & Sons
T14023 –RB3
Grover
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14023 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14023-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 37
T14024: ENGINEERING DRAWING -2
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14024
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Engineering Drawing-2
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain the basic concepts of projection

Interpret and draw views of objects in different situations

Visualize and Develop lateral surfaces of different solids

Draw free hand sketches of machine elements


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Sectional Views
Missing Views
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Projection of Solids
Sections of Solids
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
Development of Surfaces
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Free Hand Sketches
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Sectional Views: Introduction about Full Section, Sectional Side Views, Horizontal Section, Offset Section and Ribs in Section, Conversion
of pictorial view into sectional orthographic views, Introduction about Third Angle Projection Method, Examples based on Sectional views
02
Missing Views: Introduction, Procedure to Draw Missing View from the given Orthographic Views, Examples based on Missing views
03
Projection of Solids: Introduction, Projections of Prism, Pyramid, Cone, Cylinder, Tetrahedron, Cube with their
i) axes inclined to one reference plane and parallel to other (Axis Incline to HP and Parallel to VP , Axis Incline to VP and Parallel to HP),
ii) Projections of same solids on auxiliary plane, Some More Typical Examples based on Projections of solids
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Credit
02
Page 38
04
Sections of Solids: Introduction, Sections of Prism, Pyramid, Cone, Cylinder, Tetrahedron with their i) Section Plane Parallel to VP,
ii)Section Plane Parallel to HP, iii) Section Plane Parallel to VP and Perpendicular to HP, iv) Section Plane Parallel to HP And Perpendicular
to VP, Additional Problems Some More Typical Examples based on Sections of solids
05
Development of Surfaces: Introduction, Need and Uses of Developments of surfaces, Methods of Developments of surfaces,
Developments of Lateral surfaces of cube, prism, cylinder, Pyramid and cone, Antidevelopment, Applications such as Chimney, funnel and Credit
tray
03
06
Free Hand Sketches: Introduction, Terminology Used In The Screw Threads, V or Triangular Threads, I.S.O Metric Screw Threads, Screwed
Fastening, Rivets and Riveted Joints, Types of Keys, Different Types of Coupling, Free hand sketches of machine elements such as nuts, Credit
bolts, set screws, rivet heads, riveted joints, locking arrangements for nuts, threads, foundation bolts, Flange coupling and pulleys
04
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14024-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14024-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Engineering Drawing
2010
Charotar Publishing House
T14024 –RB1
N. D. Bhatt
T14024 –RB2
Engineering Drawing and Graphics +AutoCAD
K. Venugopal
2006
New Age Publication
T14024 –RB3
Engineering Drawing
R. K. Dhawan
2010
S. Chand Co.
T14024 –RB4
Engineering Graphics
K. R. Mohan
T14024 –RB5
Engineering Drawing,
Amar Phatak,
Dhanpat Rai and Publication Co
2010
978-93-5004-016-4
Dreamtech,
IS Code
SP – 46. Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14024 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14024-WL1
T14024 –RB6
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 39
T14025: WORKSHOP PRACTICE (PROGRAMME SPECIFIC)
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14025
Course Name
Workshop Practice (Programme specific)
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
TW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand basic workshop practice like Turning, Sheet
metal, plumbing and Welding

Identify, use various tools and accessories during Electrical
Wiring Installation

Handle various tools and equipment’s used in mechanical,
civil, electrical, electronics and computer field for assembly,
testing and troubleshooting


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Turning Shop: Introduction; Various marking, measuring, cutting, holding and striking tools; Drilling and Tapping: Working principle of drilling Credit
01
01 machine, Tapping dies its use, Turning: Plain, taper; Threading and knurling, safety precautions and safety equipments
Introduction to Power Tools and utility items used in Electrical: Introduction to Advanced Power Tools like Pneumatic Spanner and Lifting
02 used in Electrical Engineering, Manually Operated and Motor Operated Tools used for Cutting and Drilling, Tools and Accessories used in
Electrical Wiring Installation
Welding Shop: Introduction; Types of welding, ARC welding, Gas welding, Gas Cutting; Welding of dissimilar materials, Selection of welding Credit
02
03 rod material, Size of welding rod and work piece; Different types of flame; Elementary symbolic representation; Safety precautions in welding
safety equipments and its use in welding processes
Sheet Metal Shop: Introduction; Various types of tools, equipment’s and accessories; Different types of operations in sheet metal shop;
04 Soldering and riveting; Safety precautions.
Credit
03
Plumbing Shop: Introduction; Various marking, measuring, cutting, holding and striking tools; Different G.I. pipes, PVC pipes, flexible pipes
05 used in practice; G. I. pipes and PVC pipes fittings and accessories, Adhesive solvents chemical action, Piping layout
Credit
04
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 40
Note:
A) Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the following
exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
B) i] One job of standard size (Saleable article shall be preferred)
ii] Batch size should be selected depending on volume of work.
iii] Job allotted should comprise of 6-8 hours of actual working
iv] Student shall calculate the cost of material and labor cost for their job from the drawing
Credit
Questions
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Block
Turning Shop:
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
01 a) One job related to Drilling and Tapping
b) One job related to plain and taper turning, Threading and knurling
Format’ in CA and Perform
Credit 01 ‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
Introduction to Power Tools and utility items used in Electrical :
for end exam on these units.
a) Demonstration of Advanced power tools for example- Pneumatic Spanner and Lifting
02
b) Demonstration of Manually Operated and Motor Operated Tools for Cutting and
c) Demonstration of Electrical Wiring Tools and Accessories
03
04
05
Welding Shop:
a) Demonstration of different welding tools/machines
b) Demonstration of on Arc welding, Gas welding, gas cutting and rebuilding of broken parts with
welding
c) Demonstration of any one composite job from involving butt joint lap joint welding process, from
the following like Grill, door, window frame, waste paper basket, Kitchan Trolley, Corner flower stand
chair , table frame (square pipe 25 mm) cooler frame (folding type), Centering plate
d) One simple job on butt and lap joint or similar job from the respective discipline.
Sheet Metal Shop:
a) Demonstration of different sheet metal tools/machines
b) Demonstration of different sheet metal operations like sheet cutting, bending, edging, end curling,
lancing, soldering and riveting
c) Demonstration of any one composite job from the following: Letter box, Trunk, Grain Container,
Water-heater Container, Waste Paper Basket, Cooler Tray, Water-draining Channel, display board,
Switch box, Battery eliminator box etc. (including soldering and riveting)
d) One simple job on sheet metal operations and soldering and riveting or similar job from the
respective discipline
Plumbing Shop:
a) Demonstration of different plumbing tools.
b) Demonstration of different operation in plumbing, observing different pipe joints and pipe
accessories, different samples of PVC pipes and PVC pipe fittings
c) Demonstration on how to prepare actual pipeline layout for G.I. pipe or PVC pipe, actual drawing
and bill of material
d) One job on pipe joint with nipple coupling for standard pipe, pipe threading using standard die sets
or similar job from the respective discipline
Credit 02
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 03
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 04
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14025-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14025-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Workshop Technology
Media Promotors and Publishers, New
T14025 -RB1
S.K. Hajara Chaudhary
Delhi
Workshop Technology
Dhanpat Rai and sons, New Delhi
T14025 –RB2
B.S. Raghuwanshi
Production Technology
Khanna Publishers, New Delhi
T14025 –RB3
R K Jain
Workshop Technology
Tata McGraw Hill Publishers,New Delhi
T14025 –RB4
H.S.Bawa
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14025 -CD1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 41
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T04024-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 42
T14026: APPLIED SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DRAWING -1
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14026
Course Name
Applied Science & Engineering Drawing-1
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
4. Two session per week, each of 240 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PART I: APPLIED SCIENCE
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
Physics

Understand concept and definition related to Rectilinear
motion, Kinetics, SHM, acoustic, Illumination

Verify the principles, laws, using given instruments under
different conditions

Interpret the results from observations and calculations
Chemistry

Analyze the various solutions used in chemical Laboratory

Interpret the results by observing Chemical Reactions


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Course Content Covered in T04021: Applied Science course
Credit
01
Course Content Covered in T04021: Applied Science course
Credit
02
01
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Credit
Block
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Questions
Page 43
Perform any seven (7) activities from Applied physics Course
To represent simple harmonic motion with the help of vertical oscillation of spring and to determine
01
spring constant (K) (Stiffness Constant).
To determine time period of oscillation of compound bar pendulum and calculate acceleration due to
02
gravity (g).
03 To compare luminous intensities of two luminous bodies by using Bunsen’s photometer.
04
To calculate coefficient of absorption for acoustical materials.
05
To determine Joule’s constant (J) by electric method.
07
To Verify Ampere’s rule using Oersted’s Experiment and finds variation of intensity of magnetic field
with Current and Distance.
To determine frequency of sound by using sonometer.
08
To calculate refractive index of material of prism using spectrometer device.
09
To determine coefficient of thermal conductivity of good conductor by using Searle’s method.
10
To detect surface cracks in the working piece by using liquid penetration method (LPT).
11
To determine the moments of inertia (I α and I β) of the given irregular body and to determine the
rigidity modulus of the material of the given suspension wire by setting up a torsional pendulum.
06
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Perform any seven (7) activities from Applied Chemistry Course
12
To determine neutralization point of acetic acid (weak acid) and ammonium hydroxide acid (weak
base). To calculated normality and strength of acetic acid.
13
To determine the equivalent point of precipitation titration of BaCl2 with H2SO4 using conductivity
meter. To find the normality and strength of BaCl2 solution.
14
To verify Faraday’s second law of electrolysis.
15
To determine pH of given solution by using pH paper, universal indicator and pH meter
16
To determine the strength of given hydrochloric acid solution by titrating it against sodium hydroxide
solution by using pH meter.
17
To determine percentage of copper from brass iodometrically.
18
To determine thinner content in Oil paint.
19
To determine acid value of given lubricant.
20
To determine viscosity of given oil by using Ostwald’s viscometer.
21
To determine the saponification value of given lubricant oil.
Credit 02
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14026-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14026-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14021–RB1
Physics –I
V. Rajendran
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14021–RB2
Applied physics
Arthur Beiser
Tata McGraw-Hill
T14021–RB3
Engineering Physics
R.K.Gaur and S.L.Gupta
Dhanpat Rai Publication,
New Delhi
T14021–RB4
Fundamentals of Physics
Resnick, Halliday & Walker
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
T14021–RB5
Nano technology- principles and practices
Dr. S K Kulkarni
Capital publishing company
T14021–RB6
Engineering Chemistry,
Jain & Jain
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
T14021–RB7
Engineering Chemistry,
S. S. Dara,
S. Chand Publication
T14021–RB8
Environmental Chemistry & Pollution Control,
S. S. Dara,
S. Chand Publication
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 44
T14021–RB9
T14021–RB10
Polytechnic Chemistry,
Vedprakash Mehta,
Jain brothers
Industrial Chemistry,
B. K. Sharma,
1st
2002
Goel Publication
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14026 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14026-WL1
PART II: ENGINEERING DRAWING -1
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Draw and interpret different engineering curves, the given
mechanisms and locus of points, orthographic and Isometric
projections of different objects

Use computer aided drafting packages available in
Engineering field for drawing


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Introduction, Drawing Instruments and their Uses, Drawing Sheet Layout, Types of Lines and their
Applications, Conventions for Material Representation, Lettering, Dimensioning, Geometrical constructions, Scales
02
Computer Aided Drafting: Introduction, Advantages of CAD, Hardware and other Devices, Basic Shapes and Objects, Understanding Co- Credit
01
ordinate System, About AutoCAD Package, Starting with AutoCAD, Various Command in AutoCAD and its Usage
Engineering Curves and Loci of Points: Introduction, Classification of Curves, Conics, Mathematical Analysis of Conics, Ellipse, Parabola,
03 Hyperbola, Helix, Involute, Cycloidal Family of Curves, Archemedian Spiral, Loci of Points-Loci of Points With Given Conditions and Examples
Related to Simple Mechanisms
04
Orthographic Projections: Introduction, Principle of Projection, Methods of Projection, Orthographic Projection, Principal Planes of
Projection and Principal Views, System of Orthographic Projection, Analysis of Reference Line in Principal Views, Symbols for Methods of
Projection, Analysis of Points, Lines and Planes in Principal Views, Procedure of Preparing Orthographic Views by using First Angle Projection
Method, Precedence of Lines, Method of Drawing Hidden Lines, Method of Drawing Axis Lines, Orthographic Views of Elementary Objects,
Identification of Surfaces, Fillets and Rounds, Dimensioning technique as per SP-46
Isometric projection: Introduction, Types of Pictorial Projections, Types of Axonometric Projections, Isometric Projection of a Cube, Key
05 Terms, Isometric View or Drawing and Isometric Projection, Construction of Isometric Point, Construction of Isometric Planes, Construction of Credit
02
Isometric Solid, Construction of Isometric Solid having Irregular Curve
06
Projections of Points and Lines: Introduction, Location of a Points (Various Positions), Conventional Representation, Projections of Points on
Two Principal Planes, Projections of Points on Three Principal Planes, Auxiliary Planes, Projections of Points on Auxiliary Planes, Definition of a
Straight Line, Traces of Lines, Location of a Line, Projections of Line, Projections of Line Parallel to Two Principal Planes and Perpendicular to
the Third, Projections of Line Parallel to One Reference Planes and Inclined to the Other Two
07
Projections of Planes: Introduction, Various Types of Planes, Traces of a Plane, Various Positions of planes, Surface of Planes Parallel to One
Principal Plane and Perpendicular to the Other Two, Surface of Planes Perpendicular to One Principal Plane and Inclined to the Other Two
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
01
Introduction to graphics - (1 Sheet)
Draw the following using AutoCAD
i) Rectangle with given dimensions
ii) Circle with given dimensions and hatch
iii) Pentagon with line command
iv) Hexagon with given dimensions
v) Draw one figure containing circle tangent, arc and dimensioning
02
Engineering curves & Loci of points- (1 Sheet)
i) Three different curves are to be draw using any one method.
ii) Draw locus of point on any one mechanism
03
Orthographic projections - (Total 2 Sheets)
Two objects by first angle projection method - (1 Sheet)
Redraw the same sheet using AutoCAD - (1 Sheet)
Credit
Block
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Credit 02
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
Page 45
04
Isometric projection - (Total 2 sheets)
Two objects one by true scale and another by isometric scale. (simple objects) - (1 sheet)
Redraw the same sheet using AutoCAD - (1 sheet)
05
Projections of line and planes. - (1 Sheet)
Two problems on Projection of lines and two problems on Projection of Planes
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14026-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14026-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14026 -RB1
Engineering Drawing
N. D. Bhatt
Charotar Publishing House
T14026 -RB2
Engineering Drawing and Graphics +AutoCAD
K. Venugopal
New Age Publication
T14026 -RB3
Engineering Drawing
R. K. Dhawan
S. Chand Co.
T14026 -RB4
Engineering Graphics
K. R. Mohan
Dhanpat Rai
and Publication Co
T14026 -RB5
Engineering Drawing
N. D. Bhatt
Charotar Publishing House
T14026 -RB6
IS Code
SP – 46. Engineering Drawing Practice for schools and colleges
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14026 -CD1
Instructional / Learning CD developed by ARTADDICT
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14026-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 46
SEMESTER 03
T14031: BASIC ELECTRONICS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14031
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Basic Electronics
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand basic principles, working and applications
semiconductor devices

Explain the operation of basic circuits like Rectifiers, Filters,
Clipper, Clampers and Transistor

Analyze the use of BJT and FET in Electronics Engineering


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Semiconductor Devices
Rectifier
03
04
05
Filters Circuits
Wave Shaping Circuits
Bipolar Junction Transistors
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
Biasing of Transistor
Small Signal Amplifier
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
08
Field Effect Transistor Amplifier
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 47
Semiconductor Devices: Concept of P-N Junction Theory; Formation of the Depletion Region; Barrier Potential, P-N Junction Diode,
Biasing of P-N Junction Diode - Forward Bias; Forward Voltage Drop; Reverse Bias; Concept of Reverse Breakdown, V-I Characteristics; V-I
Characteristics for silicon and Germanium Diode; Comparison of Ge and Si Diodes; Mathematical Expression for Diode Current (No
derivation) ; Effect of Temperature on V-I Characteristics; Circuit Diagram to plot V-I Characteristics of P-N Junction Diode, Static (DC) and
Dynamic (AC) Resistance, Specification of P-N Junction Diodes, Comparison of Ideal and Real Diode, Applications of P-N Junction Diode
01
Zener Diode - Operating principle; Circuit Symbol; Biasing of a Zener Diode; V-I Characteristics; Circuit Diagram to plot V-I Characteristics,
Breakdown Mechanism - Zener Breakdown; Avalanche Breakdown in Zener Diode; Comparison of Zener Diode and P-N Junction Diode,
Equivalent Circuit, Specifications and Applications of a Zener Diode
Special Diodes - Concept, Construction, Working principle, Circuit Symbol, Equivalent Circuit, V-I Characteristics and Applications of i) PIN
Diode, ii) Schottky Diode, iii) Tunnel Diode
Light emitting Diodes (LEDs) - Concept; Construction; Working Principle; Colour of the Emitted Light; Voltage Drop and Current;
Applications; Comparison of P-N Junction and LEDs, Infra-Red (IR) LED - Construction; Working principle; Characteristics; Applications
PN Photodiodes - Concept; Construction and Working principle; V-I Characteristics; Why Photodiodes are Operated in Reverse Bias;
Applications, Concept of Photovoltaic Cells, LASER Diode - Concept of Absorption, Spontaneous emission and Stimulated emission in Laser Credit
01
Diode; Construction and Working Principle; Characteristics; Applications
02
Rectifier: Concept of Rectifier, Types of Rectifiers, Half Wave Rectifier (HWR) - Concept, Circuit Details, Operating Principle, Waveforms,
Performance Parameters such as Average DC value of Current and Voltage, AC or RMS value of Load Current and Load, Ripple Factor,
Ripple Frequency, DC Output Power (Pdc), AC Output Power (Pac), PIV of Diode, Transformer Utilization Factor (TUF), Efficiency of Rectifier,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications of HWR
Full Wave Rectifiers (FWR)- Concept, Type of FWR, Centre-Tap FWR- Circuit Details, Operating Principle, Waveforms, Performance
Parameters such as Average DC value of Current and Voltage, AC or RMS value of Load Current and Load, Ripple Factor, Ripple Frequency,
DC Output Power (Pdc), AC Output Power (Pac), PIV of Diode, Transformer Utilization Factor (TUF), Efficiency of Rectifier, Advantages,
Disadvantages and Applications of FWR
Full Wave Bridge Rectifier- Circuit Operation, Performance Parameters, Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications of Bridge Rectifier,
Comparison of Half Wave, Full Wave Rectifiers and Bridge Rectifier
(Mathematical Analysis is not Expected for HWR, FWR and Bridge Rectifier)
03
Filter Circuits- Types of Filter Circuits, Series Inductor (or L) Filter- Principle of Operation and Waveforms; Expression for the Ripple Factor;
Advantages; Disadvantages; HWR and Bridge Rectifier with L Filter, Shunt Capacitor (or C) Filter- Circuit Operation of FWR with C Filter;
Ripple Factor and DC Output Voltage; Advantages; Disadvantages; HWR and Bridge Rectifier with C Filter, Choke Input (or LC) FilterPrinciple of Operation; Bleeder Resistor; Expression for the Ripple Factor; ; Advantages; Disadvantages; HWR and Bridge Rectifier with LC
Filter, Capacitor Input(or pi) Filter- Principle of Operation; Advantages; Disadvantages , Comparison of L, C, LC and pi-type Filters
04
Waveshaping Circuits: Necessity of Waveshaping Circuits, Classification of Waveshaping Circuits,
Linear Waveshaping Circuits – i) RC Integrator, Input and Output Voltage Waveforms of an RC Integrator for Positive and Negative DC
Input, Step Input, Square Wave Input and Pulsed Input, Frequency Response of RC Integrator, Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications
of RC Integrator, ii) RC Differentiator, Input and Output Waveforms of RC Differentiator for DC Input and Square Wave Input, Frequency
Response of a RC Differentiator- Advantages; Disadvantages; Applications of RC Differentiator, Comparison of RC Integrator and
Differentiator,
Credit
Non-Linear Waveshaping Circuits- i) Clipper Circuit using Diodes - Circuit diagram, Operation, waveforms, Transfer Characteristics of the
02
Series (Positive and Negative) and parallel (Positive and Negative) Clipper, Applications of Clippers, ii) Clamper Circuits using DiodesPositive Clamper; Negative Clamper; Clamper with Additional DC Source (Biased Clamper); Analysis of a Clamper Circuit; Application of
Clampers.
05
Bipolar Junction Transistor: Fundamentals of BJT- Concept, Types, Construction, Unbiased BJT, BJT Biasing, Operation of NPN and PNP
Transistor, BJT Circuit Configurations, Common Base (CB) Configuration - Current Relation; Input and Output Characteristics; Concept of
Early Effect or Base Width Modulation; Breakdown Voltage; Experimental Setup to plot Characteristics; Feature of CB Configuration,
Common Emitter (CE) Configuration- Current Relation; Reverse Leakage Current (ICEO); Relation between IC, IB, αdc and βdc; Input and
Output Characteristics; Experimental Setup to plot Characteristics; Standard Tests for Saturation, Cutoff and Active Regions, Common
Collector (CC)Configuration- Current Relation; Input and Output Characteristics; Experimental Setup to plot Characteristics; Feature of CC
Configuration, Comparison of Configurations, Transistor as a Current Amplifier and Voltage Amplifier, Specifications of a Transistor,
Transistor Applications, Transistor Testing using Multimeter.
06
07
Biasing of Transistor: Necessity of Biasing and factors to be considered while biasing, Transistor Load Line Analysis- Concept; DC load Line;
Quiescent Point (Q Point) and its Selection; AC Load Line, Need of Stabilization of Q Point against Temperature, Changes in βdc , Variation in
Parameters, Stability Factor, Stabilization Techniques, Fixed Bias Circuit- Analysis; Stabilization of Q Point; Base Bias with Emitter Feedback;
Advantages and Disadvantages, Collector to Base Bias Circuit- Analysis; Stabilization of Q Point; Advantages and Disadvantages, Voltage
Divider Bias or Self Bias – Approximate Analysis of Voltage Divider Bias; Exact Analysis using Thevenin’s Theorem; Self Bias as Constant
Current Circuit; Advantages; Disadvantages, Emitter Bias- Analysis; Stabilization of Q Point; Advantages and Disadvantages, Comparison of
Different Biasing Circuit, Thermal Runaway.
Small Signal Amplifier: Concept of Amplification and Definition of Amplifier, Block Diagram of an Amplifier - Amplifier Characteristics,
Credit
Transistor as a Current Amplifier, Transistor as a Voltage Amplifier, Meaning of Small Signal Amplifier, Single Stage RC Coupled CE
03
Amplifier- Functions of Circuit Component; Operation; Graphical Analysis; AC Load Line; AC Equivalent Circuit, Frequency Response and
Bandwidth of RC Coupled CE Amplifier- Concept; Fall of Gain in LF Range; Fall of Gain in HF Range; Bandwidth Amplifier, Common Base
Amplifier, Emitter Follower Amplifier, Comparison of Transistor Amplifiers.
Multistage Transistor Amplifier- Concept; Gain in Cascaded Configuration; Advantages of Log Scales, Coupling used in Amplifiers- Concept;
Function of Coupling; Coupling Methods- RC Coupled CE Amplifiers, Transformer Coupled CE amplifier, Direct Coupled CE amplifier,
Comparison of different Coupling Methods, Two Stage Amplifier- Concept; Circuit Details; Features, Frequency Response and Bandwidth
of Cascaded Amplifier
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 48
08
FET Amplifiers: Introduction to Junction Field Effect Transistor (JFET) - Classification; Construction; Biasing of Gate to Source Junction;
Unbiased JFET; Biased n Channel JFET and its Operation, Drain Characteristics and Transfer Characteristics, Comparison of JFET and BJT,
Parameters of JFET- Drain Resistance (rd); Transconductance (gm); Amplification Factor (μ); Advantages, Disadvantages, Features and
Application of JFET.
JFET Biasing- Region of JFET Operation; Fixed Bias Configuration; Self Bias Configuration; Voltage Divider Biasing for a JFET; Comparison of
Biasing Techniques; Source Bias for JFET; Current Source Biasing for JFET, FET as Voltage Variable Resistance (VVR) and its Application, Credit
Common Source (CS) FET Amplifier- Circuit Description; Working,
04
MOSFETs - Types of MOSFETs, Construction, Working, Characteristics, Symbol, Features and Applications of Depletion and Enhancement
type MOSFETs; Comparisons- Comparison of JFET and MOSFET; Comparison of JFET and DMOSFET; Comparison of DMOSFET and
EMOSFET, Depletion Mode MOSFET Amplifier, Enhancement MOSFET as Switch- Passive Load Switching (MOSFET Inverter); Active Load
Switching (MOSFET Inverter)
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14031-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14031-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electronic Principles,
T14031 –RB1
7th
Albert Malvino
Principles of Electronics,
10th Rev. Edn.
T14031 –RB2
V.K. Mehta
2006
Electronic Devices and Circuits: An Introduction
T14031 –RB3
Mottershead
Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory,
T14031 –RB4
10th Ed
Boyle’stead & Nashelsky
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14031 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14031-WL1
9780070634244
Tata McGraw Hills
8121924502
S. Chand & Company
978-81-203-0124-5
PHI
9788131727003
Pearson
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 49
T14032: APPLIED MATHEMATICS -2
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14032
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Applied Mathematics-2
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
 Apply different methods and procedures for finding integration and
differentiation
 Discuss the Numerical Methods and their applications
 Understand the concept of probability
 Apply the principles and concept mathematics to solve problems in
Mechanical Field


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
03
Integration
Methods of Integration
Definite Integrals
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
04
05
Applications of Definite Integrals
Differential Equations
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
Applications of Differential Equations
Numerical Methods
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
08
09
Probability
Probability Distribution
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
02
03
Credit
Block
Integration: Integration as Anti-Derivative, The Constant of Integration, The Symbol of Integration, Integration of Standard Functions,
Rules of Integration, Composite Integrals, Integration of Rational Functions, Integration by Trigonometric Transformation
Methods of Integration: Introduction, Integration by Substitution, Integration by Rational Functions, Integration by Partial Fractions, Credit
Integration by Parts, Integration by Trigonometric Transformation
01
Definite Integrals: Introduction, Definition, Rules of Definite Integral, Properties of Definite Integral (Without Proof ) Simple Examples
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 50
04
Applications of Definite Integrals: Introduction, Tracing of Curves, Area under the Curve as a Definite Integral, Area between Two Curves,
Volume of Revolution, Centre of Gravity or Centroid, Centroid of Plane Lamina, Moment of Inertia - Moment of Inertia of a Continuous
Mass, Theorem of Perpendicular Axes, Theorem of Parallel Axes
05
Differential Equations: Introduction, Definition of Differential Equation, Order and Degree of a Differential Equation, Formation of
Differential Equations - Arbitrary Constant, Pure Constant or Fixed Constant, Steps in the Process of Formation of Differential Equations; Credit
Solution of a Differential Equation- General Solution, Particular Solution; Methods of Solving of First order Differential Equations;
02
Methods of Variables Separable Form; Equations Reducible to Method of variables Separable Form by Suitable Substitution;
Homogeneous Differential Equations; Non-homogeneous Differential Equations; Exact Differential Equations; Linear Differential
Equations; Bernoulli's Differential Equations
06
Applications of Differential Equations: Introduction, Rectilinear Motion under Uniform (Constant) Acceleration, Rectilinear Motion under
Variable Acceleration, Simple Harmonic Motion (S.H.M.)
07
Numerical Methods: Introduction, Types of Numerical Methods- Bisection Method, Regular Falsi Method, Newton Rophson Method; Credit
Solution of Simultaneous Equations containing 2 and 3 unknowns - Direct Method of Solution(Gauss Elimination), Iterative Method of
03
Solution (Jacobi’s and Gauss-Seidal)
08
Probability: Introduction, Some Basic Definitions- Experiment, Random Experiment, Outcomes, Sample Spaces, Event, Occurrence of an
Event, Types of Events; Definition of Probability, Addition Theorem of Probability, Multiplication Theorem of Probability
09
Probability Distribution: Introduction, Probability Distribution of Random Variable - Mean of Random Variable, Variance of Random
Variable; Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution, Normal Distribution – Graph, properties
Credit
04
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14032-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14032-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Mathematics for Polytechnic
First
T14032 –RB1
S. P. Deshpande
Aug 2005
Calculus : Single Variable
T14032 –RB2
Robert T Smith
Advanced Engineering Mathematics
T14032 –RB3
Dass H. K.
Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics
T14032 –RB4
S.C Gupta and Kapoor
Higher Engineering Mathematics,
40th Edition
T14032 –RB5
Dr B S Grewal,
2009
Introductory Methods of Numerical analysis,
T14032 –RB6
S. S. Sastry
Numerical Methods for Scientific & Engineering Computations,
M. K. Jain & others
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14032 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14032-WL1
T14032 –RB7
Pune Vidyarthi Griha Prakashan,
Tata McGraw Hill
S. Chand Publication, New Delhi
S. Chand Publications New Delhi
81-7409-195-5
Khanna Publishers
Prentice Hall Of India
New Dehli
Wiley Eastern Publication
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 51
T14033: BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14033
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Basic Electrical Engineering
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to
 Understand and Measure various electrical quantities
 Apply concepts, principles, procedure and network theorems to
analyze DC and AC circuits
 Explain concepts and applications of Electrical and Magnetic
circuits, Electromagnetic Induction, Electrical Energy Storage
Devices


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
DC Circuit
Network Theorems
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Fundamentals of Capacitors
Electrical Energy Storage Devices/Batteries
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Magnetic Circuits
Electromagnetic Induction
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
AC Fundamentals
Introduction to Power Quality
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Credit
Block
DC Circuit: Introduction to Electricity, Structure of an Atom- Important Definitions in Electricity; Concept of EMF and Current, Concept of
Electric Potential and Potential Difference, Resistance, Factors Governing the Resistance Value- Conductance, Conductivity; Basic
Definitions - Network or Circuit, D.C. Sources, Power, Electrical Energy, Circuit Element, Concept of Open and Short Circuit, Branch Mesh
and Node, Resistors in Series, Resistors in Parallel, Division of Current among Parallel Resistors, Division of Voltage in the Series Connected
Resistors, Comparison between Series and Parallel Circuits, Removal of Redundant Branches; Ohm's Law, Kirchhoff's Laws - Kirchhoff's Credit
Current Law (KCL), Node Analysis, Kirchhoff’s Voltage Law (or Mesh or Loop Law), Examples on KVL and KCL; Concept of Ideal and Practical
01
Current and Voltage Sources- Independent Voltage Sources, Current Sources; Source Conversion- Transformation of Voltage Source to
Current Source, Transformation of Current Source to Voltage Source, Voltage Sources in Series, Current Sources in Parallel; Circuit
Simplification Techniques, Star-Delta and Delta-Star Transformation- The Star Network, The Delta Network, Delta-Star Transformation, Star
to Delta Conversion
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 52
02
03
04
Network Theorems: Introduction, Network Technology- Classification based on i)Presence or Absence of Source, ii) the Direction of
Current, iii) Separability of Components, iv) Linearity; Statement, explanation and application of i) Superposition Theorem ii) Thevenin's
Theorem, iii) Norton's Theorem iv) Maximum Power Transfer Theorem; Principle of Duality.
Fundamentals of Capacitors: Definition of - Coulomb's Law; Electric Field; Electrical Flux Lines or Electric Lines of Force; Electric Flux;
Electric Flux Density (D); Electric Field Strength or Field Intensity; Permittivity, Concept and Definition of Capacitor, Capacitance of a
Multiplate Capacitors, Derivation of Capacitors in Series and Capacitors in Parallel, Derivation of Energy Stored by a Capacitor, Current
Flowing through a Capacitor, Charging and Discharging of a Capacitor through a Resistor, Dielectric Strength and Breakdown Voltage of
Capacitors
Electrical Energy Storage Devices/Batteries: Concept of Battery and Cell, Electrical Characteristics of Batteries-EMF; Battery Symbol and Credit
its Terminal Voltage; Internal Resistance of Battery; Current Capacity and Call Ratings (AH Capacity); Battery Efficiency, Types of Battery,
02
Construction and Operation of Lead- Acid Battery, Charging and Discharging of a Lead- Acid Battery, Series and Parallel Connection
Batteries, Charging of Batteries-Charging Techniques for a Lead – Acid Battery; Constant Current Charging ; Constant Voltage Charging;
Battery Charging Circuits, Concept of Battery Aging, Introduction of a Fully Charged Cell, Battery Maintenance, Testing Procedure for Lead
Acid Car Batteries, Application of Lead – Acid (Storage) Batteries
05
Magnetic Circuits: Concept of Magnet and Electromagnet, Laws and Definition of - Pole Strength; Laws of Magnetism; Magnetic Field and
Magnetic Lines of Force; Magnetic Flux; Magnetic Flux Density (B); Magnetic Field Strength (H), Magnetic Field Associated with a Straight
Conductor- Right Hand Thumb Rule and The Corkscrew Rule, Dot and Cross Convention, Permeability- Absolute, in Free Space or Vaccum
and Relative Permeability, Magnetic Circuit - Definitions of Magneto Motive Force (MMF); Reluctance(S); Permeance; Ampere-Turns,
Ohm's Law of Magnetic Circuits, Kirchhoff's Laws for the Magnetic Circuits- Flux Law and MMF Law, Concept of Series Magnetic Circuit
and Parallel Magnetic Circuit with Expression, Concept of useful Flux, Leakage Flux and Fringing, B-H Curve or Magnetization CurveMagnetic Hysteresis and Hysteresis Loop; Hysteresis Loss; Hysteresis Loops for Hard and Soli Magnetic Materials; Factors Affecting the
Hysteresis Loss, Fleming's Left Hand Rule
06
Electromagnetic Induction: Relation between Magnetism and Electricity, Development of Induced Emf and Current, Faraday's
Experiments for Stationary Coil in a Moving Magnetic Field and Moving Coil with a Stationary Management, Faraday's First and Second
Law of Electromagnetic Induction, Direction of Induced E.M.F- Fleming's Right Hand Rule and Lenz's Law, Induced E.M.F- i)Magnitude and
Direction of Dynamically Induced E.M.F ii) Statically Induced E.M.F- Self Induced E.M.F; Self Inductance; Expression for the Coefficient of
Self Inductance (L); Factors Affecting the Inductance of the Coil, iii) Mutually Induced E.M.F - Mutual Inductance (M); Alternate Way of
Defining the Mutual Inductance; Expression for Mutual Inductance; Coefficient of Coupling (K), Effective Inductance of the Series
Connection- Cummulatively Coupling of Coils; Differential Coupling of Coils; Series and Parallel Combination of Isolated Inductances,
Energy Stored in the Magnetic Field-Expression for the Energy Stored in the Magnetic Field [No Derivation]
AC Fundamentals: Difference between AC and DC, Advantages of AC over DC, Various Types of AC Waveforms- Definition of Waveform,
Types of AC Waveforms, Sinusoidal AC Waveform, Graphical and Mathematical Representation of Sinusoidal AC Quantities; Generation of
Single Phase AC Waveform - Single Turn Alternator, Generation of AC Sinusoidal Signal; Definitions - Instantaneous Value, Cycle, Time
Period or Periodic Time, Frequency, Amplitude, Angular Velocity; Peak and Peak to Peak Voltage, Effective or R.M.S. Value - Analytical Credit
03
Method to Obtain the RMS Value; Average Value - Methods to Calculate the Average Value, Analytical Method; Form Factor, Crest Factor
or Peak Factor, Phase of Representation of an Alternative Quantity, Phase of an Alternating Quantity- Phase Angle, Phase Difference,
Leading and Lagging Phase Difference; Mathematical Representation of Phasor - Polar Representation, Rectangular Representation,
Conversion from Polar to Rectangular, Rectangular to Polar Conversion; Addition and Subtraction of Phasors (Using Rectangular Fom1),
Multiplication and Division of Phasors (Using Polar Fom1), Single Phase AC Circuits - Reactance and Impedance, Reactance, Inductive
Reactance (XL), Capacitive Reactance (XC), Impedance (Z); Pure Resistance in AC Circuit - Analysis of the Purely Resistive AC Circuit,
Voltage and Current Waveform and Equations, Phasor Diagram, Impedance of the Purely Resistive Circuit, Power in Purely Resistive
Circuit, Energy in Purely Resistive Circuit; Pure Inductance in AC Circuit - Equations for Current and Voltage, Waveforms and Phasor
Diagram, Inductive Reactance (XL), Power in a Purely Inductive Circuit, Energy Stored and Returned Back, Impedance of a Purely Inductive
Circuit; Pure Capacitance in AC Circuit - Equation for Voltage and Current, Current and Voltage Waveforms and Phasor Diagram,
Capacitive Reactance (XC), Power in Purely a Capacitive AC Circuit, Energy Stored and Returned Back, Impedance of a Purely Capacitive
Circuit; AC Circuits with Series Elements, The Series R-L Circuit - Phasor Diagram, Impedance of L-R Series Circuit, Impedance Triangle,
Phase Relation between Voltage and Current, Power in Series L-R Circuit, Power Triangle for L-R series Circuit, Apparent Power (S), Real
Power or True Power or Active Power (P), Reactive Power or Imaginary Power (Q), Power Factor, Causes and Effects of Low Power Factor,
Power Factor improvement; The Series R-C Circuit- Phasor Diagram, Impedance of RC Series Circuit, Impedance Triangle (Series R-C
circuit), Phase Relationship between Voltage and Current (Series R-C Circuit), Power in Series R-C Circuit, Power Triangle for R-C Series
Circuit; An R-L-C Series Circuit- Phasor Diagrams, Importance of the values of reactance (XL and XC), Impedance of Series LCR Circuit,
Impedance Triangle for an LCR Circuit, Power Supplied to the R.L.C. Circuit, Power Triangle
08
Introduction to Power Quality: Definition of Electric Power Quality, Power Quality description events, Introduction to Harmonics,
Harmonics and their classification, Sources for Harmonics, Effects of Harmonics.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14033-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 53
T14033-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electrical Technology ( Vol I To II),
T14033 –RB1
B. L. Theraja
Electricity: Principles and Applications,
T14033 –RB2
Fowler
Delmar’s Standard Text Book of Electricity,
2nd 1999
T14033 –RB3
Herman
Basic Electrical Engineering,
T14033 –RB4
2nd Ed
V N Mittle and Arvind Mittal
Electrical Circuits Analysis,
T14033 –RB5
Soni and Gupta
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14033 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14033-WL1
S. Chand Publications, Delhi
Mc Graw Hill
0-8273-8550-1
Delmar Publishers,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi
Dhanpat Rai and sons New Delhi
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 54
T14034: ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS MEASUREMENT
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14034
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Electrical and Electronics Measurement
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Define Characteristics of Instruments and Types of Errors

Explain working principles of different types of DC and AC
Voltmeter and Ammeter

Describe measuring Instruments and meters with its
Applications : Power and Energy, LCR meter, Cathode Ray
Oscilloscope and Function Generator


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Fundamentals of Measurements
Measurement of Voltage and Current (DC)
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Measurement of Voltage and Current (AC)
Power Measuring Instruments
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Three phase AC Power Measurement
Measurement of Electrical Energy
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
Measurement of Circuit Parameters
Other Meters used in Electrical Engineering
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
02
Credit
Block
Fundamentals of Measurements: Standard of Measurements- International; Primary; Secondary and Working Standards, Various
Electricity Effects in Measuring Instrument-Magnetic; Thermal; Electrostatic; Induction and Hall Effect, Desirable Qualities of Measuring
Instrument, Classification of Measuring Instrument-Absolute and Secondary Instruments; Difference between Absolute Instruments
and Secondary Instruments, Error -Types of Error, Source Error, Definition of Static Error and Static Correction, Torque in Measuring
Credit
Instruments-Deflecting Torque (Td); Controlling Torque(Tc) and Damping Torque(T damp)
01
Measurement of Voltage and Current (DC): Classification of Measuring Instruments -Permanent Magnet Moving Coil Meters (PMMC);
Dynamometer Type Measuring Instruments and Moving iron Ammeters and Voltmeters, Extension of Ammeters and Voltmeters Ranges
Using Shunt and Shunt Multiplier, Disadvantages of using Shunt and Multiplier, Hall Effect Sensor
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 55
03
Measurement of Voltage and Current (AC): Extension of Ammeters and Voltmeter Ranges using Instrument Transformer- Extension of
Ammeters Range; Extension of Voltmeter by Potential Transformer or Voltmeter Transformer (P.T.), Advantages of Instrument Transformer
over Shunts and Multipliers, Error in Instrument Transformer, Burden of C.T, Precautions to be taken while using C.T, Calibration of D.C
Ammeter and D.C Voltmeters using D.C Potentiometer, Introduction to optical CT and PT.
04
Power Measuring Instruments: Concept of Power in AC Circuit and its significance- Power Factor; Real Power or True Power or Action Credit
02
Power (P); Reactive Power or Imaginary Power (Q); Apparent Power (S); Power Triangle; Distinction between Active and Reactive Power ,
Wattmeter- Three Phase Power Measurement; Electro Dynamometer Types Wattmeter; Comparison between Analog and Digital
Wattmeter, Errors in Wattmeter due to i)Method of Connection ii) Pressure Coil Inductance iii) Pressure Coil Capacitance iv)Mutual
Inductance Effect v)Stray Magnetic Fields vi) Eddy Currents, vii) Temperature Error and viii) Vibration of Moving System, Polyphase
Wattmeter-Induction Types Wattmeter, Multiplying Factor Wattmeter (MF), Extension of Wattmeter Range
05
06
Three phase AC Power Measurement: Introduction to Polyphase AC Circuits, Advantages of Polyphase Systems, Generation of a Three
Phase Voltages with Mathematical Representation, Three Phase Star Connections (Wye Connection) and Delta Connections, Star
Connection- Line Voltages and Phase Voltages; Typical Values of Line and Phase Voltages; Types of Loads; Star Connected Load, Delta
Connected Load - Line and Phase Voltages in Delta Connected; Line Current and Phase Current for Delta Connection, Relations between
Voltages and Currents for Star Connected Load- Relations between i)Phase and Line Currents ii) Phase and Line Voltages; The Complete
Phasor Diagram and Power Relations, Relations between Voltages and Currents for Delta Connected Load- Relations between i)Phase and
Line Currents ii) Phase and Line Voltages; The Complete Phasor Diagram and Power Relations, Power Triangle, Single Phase Power
Measurement Using a Wattmeter, Power Measurement in 3 Ø AC Circuits, One Wattmeter Method for Star Connected Load and Delta
Connected Load, Advantages, Disadvantages and Application of One Wattmeter Method, Three Wattmeter Method for Star Connected Credit
Load and Delta Connected Load, Two Wattmeter Method- for Delta Connected Load, Power Factor Measurement by Two Wattmeter
03
Method - Variation in the Wattmeter Reading with Power Factor; Calculation of Reactive Power With Two Wattmeter Method; Merits and
Demerits of Two Wattmeter Method, One Wattmeter Method(Modification of Two Wattmeter Method)- Power Measurement for Star
Connected Load and Delta Connected Load, Disadvantages of One Wattmeter Method, Reactive Power Measurement using One
Wattmeter Method
Measurement of Electrical Energy: Construction of Single Phase Energy meter, Construction, Working and Specifications of Energy meter
Energy meter Constant (K), Error in Induction Type Energy meters, Polyphase or 3 Phase Energy meter, Electronic of Energy meter Range,
Electronic Energy meter, Calibration of Energy meter, Construction, working principle and operation of i) DC Energy meter ii)Bidirectional
Meters, Automatic Meter Reading
07
Measurement of Circuit Parameters: Classification of Resistances, Measurement of Resistances by Voltmeter and Ammeter, Substitution
Method of Measurement of Resistance, Wheatstone’s Bridge Method, Kelvin’s Double Bridge Method, Measurement of High Resistance Ohmmeter and Megger, Measurement of Resistance of D.C Line Mains, Measurement of Earth Resistance (Fall of Potential Method),
Introduction to A.C Bridges , L.C.R. Bridges –Maxwell, Anderson and Wien Bridge, Measurement of Capacitance
08
Other Meters used in Electrical Engineering: Power Factor Meter - Single Phase and Three Phase Dynamometer Type, Frequency Meter Ferromagnetic Type OR Resonance Type; Moving Iron or Weston Type (M.I); Reed Type (Vibration Type Frequency Meter), Weston type Credit
04
Synchronoscope, Phase Sequence Indicator, Clip-on Ammeter (Application of a Current Transformer), Digital Multimeters, Q-meter,
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope (CRO)- Block Diagram of CRO- Cathode Ray Tube (CRT); Vertical Deflection System; Delay Line; Horizontal
Deflection System; Power Supply, Front Panel Diagram of CRO- Basic or General Purpose Controls; Controls Related to Vertical Section;
Controls Related to Horizontal Section; Special Types of Controls, CRO Measurements- Voltage; Time Interval; Period and Frequency;
Phase and Frequency Measurement by Lissajous Figures; CRO Pattern for Different Components, Block Diagram of Digital Storage
Oscilloscope, Function Generator(FG)- Block diagram with function of each block; Front Panel of FG, AF Sine and Square Wave Generator
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14034-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14034-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement,
2005
8177000160, 9788177000160
T14034 –RB1
A. K. Sawhney
Dhanpat Rai Publications
Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments,
8121929636, 9788121929639
T14034 –RB2
2008
R. K. Rajput
S. Chand
Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments,
9380578768, 9789380578767
T14034 –RB3
2011
S. Kamakshaiah, Pannala Krishna Murthy, J. Amarnath
I. K. International Pvt Ltd,
Modern Electronic Instrumentation & Measuring Instruments,
1st Ed,
8120307526 , 9788120307520
T14034 –RB4
Heltrick A.D. & Cooper W.D
2009
Prentice-Hall, New Delhi
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14034 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14034-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 56
T14035: COMPUTER PROGRAMMING
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14035
Course Name
Computer Programming
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
TW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Write, debug, compile and execute simple ‘C’ programs
using Different data types, Arrays, Decision and Control
loops, Functions, Structure and File Handling

Demonstrate basic algebraic and arithmetic computations in
the Scilab environment


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Introduction to ‘C’: History of ‘C’, ‘C’ the Beginner’s First Step, ‘C’ Tokens, The ‘C’ Character Set, Constants, Variables and Keywords- Types
of Constants; Rules for Constructing Integer Constants, Real Constants and Character Constants; Data Types; Variables- Declaration,
Declaring Variables as Constants, User Defined Data Type Declaration (Identifier), Data Type Conversions; ‘C’ Keywords, Operators such as
Arithmetical, Relational, Logical, Assignment, Unary Arithmetic, Increment, Decrement, Conditional, Bitwise (Unary and binary Operator),
01
Special Operator, Precedence and Associativity Operator, Backslash Characters or Escape Sequences, #include Instruction, Pre-Processor
Directive, Main Function, Executing a ‘C’ Program, Basic Structure of C Program, Formatted Input Output- Formatted Input; Formatted Credit
01
Output; Printf() with Integer Numbers; Output of Real Numbers; Outputting Single Character; Outputting Strings, Rules While Writing ‘C’
Program, Steps to Write and Run the Program
Decision Making: Introduction to Controls, Decision Making Using if Loop - If Else Loop; If Else if; Nested if, The Switch Case Statement,
02 Break Statement, The While Loop, The goto Statement, The Do Statement - Nested Do While Statement, The For Statement - Nested For,
The Continue Statement
Arrays and Strings: Introduction, Arrays-One Dimensional; Declaration and Initialization of One Dimensional Arrays and Accessing Them;
03 Array and For Loop; Accepting Elements from User, Two Dimensional Array - Initialization; 2 Dimensional Arrays and For Loop,
Strings - Declaration of Strings; Initialization of Strings; Table of Strings; String Handling Functions from Standard Library
Credit
Functions: Introduction, Need of Functions, Advantages of Functions, Elements of user Defined Functions- Function Declaration; Function
02
Call; Function Definition, Storage classes, Scope of Variables, Return Values, Functions with i) no Arguments and no Return Values ii)
04
Arguments and no Return Values iii) no Arguments and Return Values iv) Arguments and Return Values, Recursion, Call By Value and Call
By Reference
Structures: Introduction, Defining the Structure, Declaring and Accessing Members of Structures, Initialization of Structure Members, Array
of Structure
Credit
File Handling:
03
06 Use of File, Types of File -Text and Binary, Sequential and Random File Handling, File Operations such as Read, Write, Open, Close and
Append, Basic File Functions
05
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 57
07
Introduction to Scilab: Introduction, Scilab Environment, The Workspace and Working Directory, Matrix Operations, Sub-matrices, Statistics, Credit
Plotting Graphs, Plotting 3D Graphs, Scilab Programming Language, Script Files and Function Files, Functions in Scilab, File Operations
04
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
[Students are expected to apply programming concept to Electrical Engineering Applications]
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 28 Activities)
01
Write a program to display various data types using format specifies for octal, decimal,
hexadecimal numbering system
02
Write a programme to find the roots of quadratic equation
03
Write a programme to find greatest and smallest of three numbers using decision structure- if, if else,
nested if etc
04
Write a program to display first class, second class, pass class and fail according to marks
entered by the user
05
Write a programme to display menu options for performing 1. Addition 2. Subtraction 3.
Multiplication and 4. Division operation on user defined input using switch case statement
06
Write a program for arithmetic calculator using switch case statement
07
Write a program to display reverse a number using for loop
08
Write a program to print prime numbers between 1 to 100 using decision making loops
09
Write a program to display sum of first n numbers specified by users using while loop
10
Write a program to display multiplication table of a number using do while loop statement
11
Write a program to accept a one dimensional array and display the array in ascending order
12
Write a program to create two matrices of 3 * 3 size and perform addition subtraction,
Multiplication and division
13
Write a program to sort array elements in ascending / descending order
14
15
Write a program to demonstrate the use of Strlen (), strcpy (), strcat () and strcmp () functions
Write a program to accept a string and arrange individual characters alphabetical order
16
Write a program to count the number of spaces in any one of the given string
17
Write a program to calculate area of circle using function
18
Write a program to demonstrate the use of call by reference and call by value functions
19
Write a C program to accept book details (book ID, author name, publisher name and price) by using
the structure and display the same information as output
20
Write a Program to determine colour code for a single resistor band digit
21
Write a program to verify Ohm’s Law
22
Write a program to calculate 1) Series Equivalent Resistance If Three Resistance Connected in Series 2)
Parallel Equivalent Resistance If Three Resistance Connected in Parallel
23
Write a Program to determine resonant frequency of a LC parallel circuit (L is 1mH, C is 1 uF,
Resistance of inductor is 1 ohm)
24
Write a program to Calculate and Print Telephone Bill or Electricity Bill
25
Familiarization with Scilab Environment, The Workspace and Working Directory

Help commands such as help, demo

General commands such as clock, date , ver,

Directory commands such as Change Directory,

Workspace commands such as who, whos, what, clc, clf

Termination commands such as quit, exit

use of the built-in variable “ans” and “diary” Commands
26
Define two 3x3 matrix in Scilab and explore built-in Scilab Matrix operations such as addition,
subtraction, multiplication, transpose, inversion, determinant, logarithmic, exponential functions and
Element by element multiplication
27
To Explore built-in Scilab commands to create commonly used matrices, such as zero matrices,
identity matrices, diagonal matrices, matrix with all elements 1
28
To illustrate the use of basic statistical functions available in Scilab such as are sum(), mean(), stdev(),
st_deviation(), median(), max() and min() functions
29
Write a program to illustrate the use of any one of the following commands using Scilab:
Looping (for, while) and conditional execution (if-then-else, select)
30
Write a program in Scilab to illustrate the use of plot2d(), plot3d() and subplot command for Sine
waveform and Cosine waveform.
Credit
Block
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
Credit 03
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 04
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 58
31
Write a simple function in Scilab to calculate the length of a line in the x-y plane, given the
coordinates of its two ends (x1, y1) and (x2, y2)
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14035-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14035-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14035 -RB1
Programming in ’C’,
Balgurusamy
6th Ed
Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishing
T14035–RB2
Let Us ‘C’,
Yashavant Kanetkar
4th Ed
BPB Publications
T14035–RB3
Simplyfying C,
Harshal A. Arolkar and Sonal Jain,
2nd Ed
978-93-5004-049-2
Dreamtech Press
T14035–RB4
Introduction to Programming Using C,
Pawar, Lad, Shinde and Patil
1st
2010
978-93-5004-048-5
Dreamtech Press,
T14035–RB5
C programming Essentials,
K N Dey and S Bandopadhyay
T14035–RB6
C programming
Dr. Vishal Lichade
9788131728895
Pearson Education
2008
9788177223347
Dreamtech
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14035 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14035-WL1
www.cse.iitb.ac.in/~cs626-449/scilab.pdf
T14035-WL2
http://www.scilab.org/content/download/247/1702/file/introscilab.pdf
http://www.scilab.org/content/download/370/2666/file/Scilab_Computation.pdf
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 59
T14036: BASIC ELECTRONICS , ELECTRICAL AND MEASUREMENT
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14036
Course Name
Basic Electronics, Electrical and Measurement
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PART I: BASIC ELECTRONICS
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Handle and operate various electronics instruments and
devices

Measure characteristics of electronics devices

Analyze, test and troubleshoot basic electronic devices and
circuits


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14031: Basic Electronics
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14031: Basic Electronics
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 14 Activities)
01
To Observe and Draw the Forward and Reverse Bias V-I Characteristics of a P-N Junction Diode. Find
Static and Dynamic Resistance of Diode
02
a) To Observe and Draw the static characteristics of a Zener Diode
b) To Find the Voltage regulation of a given Zener Diode
03
To Study the Characteristics of Photodiode and LED
04
To Obtain the Load Regulation and Ripple Factor of a Half Wave Rectifier
i) With Filter ii) Without Filter
Credit
Block
Credit 01
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Page 60
05
06
To Obtain the Load Regulation and Ripple Factor of a Full Wave Rectifier
i) With Filter ii) Without Filter
To Plot frequency response of RC Integrator and RC Differentiator
07
To Study the use of diodes in wave-shaping circuits as a clipper circuits (Series and parallel
Configuration)
08
To Study the use of diodes in level-shifting as a clamper circuits (Positive, Negative and Combination)
09
a) To observe and Draw the Input and Output Characteristics of a Transistor Connected in Common
Base Configuration
b) To Find α of the Given Transistor
10
a) To Draw the Input and Output Characteristics of Transistor Connected in CE Configuration
b) To Find β of the given Transistor
11
To Study of Emitter Follower Characteristics
12
To Plot the Frequency Response of Small signal CE Amplifier
13
15
To Plot Frequency Response of Two Stage RC Coupled Amplifier using BJT
a) To Draw the Drain and Transfer Characteristics of a given FET.
b) To Find the drain resistance (rd) amplification factor (µ) and Tranconductance (gm) of the given JFET
To Plot the Frequency Response of JFET Common Source Amplifier
16
To study Switching characteristics of MOSFET
14
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14036-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14036-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electronic Principles,
T14031 -RB1
7th
Albert Malvino
Principles of Electronics,
10th Rev
T14031 –RB2
V.K. Mehta
2006
Electronic Devices and Circuits: An Introduction
T14031 –RB3
Mottershead
Electronic Devices & Circuit Theory,
T14031 –RB4
10th Ed
Boyle’stead & Nashelsky
Electricity-Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-Lab Manual,
4th
T14031–RB5
Zbar and Sloop,
1993
9780070634244
Tata McGraw Hills
8121924502
S. Chand & Company
978-81-203-0124-5
PHI
9788131727003
Pearson
0-07-113780-7
McGraw-Hill,
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14036 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14036-WL1
PART II: BASIC ELECTRICAL AND MEASUREMENT
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to






Verify experimentally different techniques and theorems
used to solve AC and DC electrical circuits
Understand and apply basic concepts and principles of
electrical machines such as transformer, Motors and drives
Measure electrical characteristics of components and
devices with the help of commonly used equipment and
instruments
Analyze and troubleshoot the simple electrical circuits
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 61
DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14033: Basic Electrical Engineering
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14034: Electrical and Electronics Measurement
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 14 Activities)
Credit
Block
01 To Study Voltage Measurement using Voltmeters and Variable voltage power supply
02 To Verify Experimentally Ohm’s Law
03 To Verify Experimentally Kirchhoff's Voltage and Current Law
To Study use of Multimeter for Measurement of AC and DC Voltage, Testing of Different Components
and Continuity
Credit 01
a) Verification of Superposition Theorem
05
b) Verification of Thevenin’s Theorem
a) Verification of Norton’s Theorem
06
b) Verification of Maximum Power Transfer
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
04
07 To Study Characteristics of Electromagnetic Induction and Devices
08 To Determine Power Factor of RLC Series Circuit
09 To Calibrate Moving Iron and Electrodynamometer type Ammeter/Voltmeter by Potentiometer
10 To Extend Range of Voltmeter and Ammeter by using PT and CT
11
To Use Megger to Measure the following:
1) Earth resistance and 2) Insulation resistance
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
12 To Calibrate 3-Phase Energy Meter by Direct Loading
To Measure 3-Phase Power using Two Single Element Wattmeter with 3-Phase Resistive and Inductive Credit 02
Load
14 To Measure inductance by Maxwell bridge
To Measure AC/DC current, AC/DC voltage and resistance by using:
15
1) Digital Multimeter 2)Clamp on Meter
a) To Measure Voltage, Frequency and Phase using CRO
16
b) To Obtain Transient Response of RC Circuit for DC Input
13
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14036-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14036-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering,
Everest Publishing House
T14033 –RB1
M. N. Mittal
Electrical Technology ( Vol I To IV),
S. Chand Publications, Delhi
T14033 –RB2
B. L. Theraja
Electricity: Principles and Applications,
T14033 –RB3
Mc Graw Hill
Fowler
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 62
Electricity-Electronics Fundamentals: A Text-Lab Manual,
4th
Zbar and Sloop,
1993
A course in Electrical & Electronics Measurement,
2005
T14034 –RB1
A. K. Sawhney
Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments,
T14034 –RB2
2008
R. K. Rajput
Electrical Measurements and Measuring Instruments,
T14034 –RB3
2011
S. Kamakshaiah, Pannala Krishna Murthy, J. Amarnath
Modern Electronic Instrumentation & Measuring Instruments,
1st Ed,
T14034 –RB4
Heltrick A.D. & Cooper W.D
2009
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14036 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14036-WL1
T14033 –RB4
0-07-113780-7
McGraw-Hill,
8177000160, 9788177000160
Dhanpat Rai Publications
8121929636, 9788121929639
S. Chand
9380578768, 9789380578767
I. K. International Pvt Ltd,
8120307526 , 9788120307520
Prentice-Hall, New Delhi
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 63
SEMESTER 04
T14041: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14041
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Industrial Instrumentation
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain Different Components of Instrumentation System

Describe Construction and Working Principles of Different
Transducers

Explain various factor governs for selection of Transducer,
Signal Conditioning Circuits and Data Acquisition Systems

Design Instrumentation System for measurement of process
variables


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Introduction to Instrumentation System
Introduction to Transducers
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
Applications of Transducers
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
04
05
Signal Conditioning Circuits
Data Acquisition System
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
06
Operation of Instrumentation System
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit [All units of this course should be taught without detailed Mathematical Treatment]
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 64
01
Introduction to Instrumentation System: Basic Block Diagram of Generalized Instrumentation System with its necessity, Static
Characteristics of Instruments - Accuracy and Measurement of Uncertainty; Precision, Repeatability and Reproducibility; Tolerance ; Range
or Scale Range; Linearity; Sensitivity; Resolution; Drift; Hysteresis Effect; Dead Zone,
Dynamic Characteristics of Instruments- Characteristics Equation of an Instrument in General Form ; Zero Order Instrument; First Order
Instrument ; Response of First Order Instrument to Step Input; Dynamic Error; Settling Time ; Response of First Order Instrument to Ramp Credit
Input; Second Order Instrument; Response of Second Order Instrument to Step Input; Response of Second Order Instrument For Ramp
01
Input, Calibration - Principles of Calibration; Calibration Chain and Traceability
02
Introduction to Transducers: Concept of Transducers and Definition, Classification of Transducers, Electrical & Mechanical Transducers,
Advantages and Classification of Electrical Transducers, Analog and Digital Transducers, Resistive, Inductive Transducers, Potentiometers
03
Applications of Transducers: Measurement of Strain - Definition of Stress and Strain; Operation of Resistance Strain Gauge; Types of
Strain Gauge; Construction of Unbonded and Bonded Metal Strain Gauge; Desirable Characteristics of Resistance Strain Gauge ; Materials
Used for Strain; Strain Gauge Circuits; Wheatstone’s Bridge Configuration and Full Bridge Configuration; Temperature Compensation,
Measurement of Force and Torque - Force Measurement using Load Cell and Types of Load Cell, Measurement of Torque Using Torque Cell
Measurement of Temperature - Thermistor ; Thermocouple; Cold Junction Compensation (CJC); Thermocouple Types and their Ranges;
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD),
Measurement of Displacement- LVDT (Linear Variable Differential Transformer)and Rotary Motion Measurement Using Optical Encoder,
Credit
Measurement of Pressure - Definition of Pressure and its Units ; Absolute, Differential and Gauge Pressure; Diaphragm Types Pressure
02
Transducers Using Four Element Strain Gauge Rosetters,
Measurement of Flow - Mass Flow Rate; Volumetric Flow Rate; Difference between Mass Flow Rate and Volumetric Flow Rate,
Measurement of Magnetic Field- Hall Effect; Hall Effect Transducers; Measurement of A.C. Current by Hall Effect Transducer,
Measurement of Level- Float Types Level Sensor; Capacitive Measurement Method; Ultrasonic Level Measurement Method,
Rotational Velocity- Optical Sensing; Inductive and Magnetic Types Pulse Pickups; Analog Tachometers; D.C. and A.C. Tachometers
Measurement of Solar Radiation, Wind speed, RH, Light Intensity
04
Signal Conditioning Circuits: Operational Amplifier and its Characteristic Parameters- Block Diagram of Op-Amp; Features, Circuit Symbols
and Terminals of Operational Amplifier; Op-Amp Equivalent Circuit; Ideal Voltages Transfer Curve; Op-Amp IC741 Pin Diagram and Pin
Functions; Ideal Op-Amp Characteristics and; OP-Amp Parameters, Op-Amp Basic Circuits - Open-Loop Configuration; Closed-Loop
Configuration; Virtual Ground Concept; IC741 Op-Amp based Unity Gain Amplifier or Voltage Follower; Integrator using Op-Amp 741;
Differentiator Circuit using Op-Amp; Op-Amp Based i)Adder Circuit ii)Subtractor or Difference Amplifier iii) Inverting Amplifier Circuit or
Inverter; Op-Amp Based i) V to I Converter and I to V Converter Circuit ii) V to F Converter; Instrumentation Amplifier using Op-Amp; Credit
Differential Amplifier and Chopper Stabilized Amplifier using Op-Amp; Voltages to Current Converter with Floating Load and Grounded
03
Load; Op-Amp Based - Current to Voltages Converter, Sample and Hold Circuit-LF 398 Based Sample and Hold Circuit, Basic Comparator
Circuit/Concept of Comparator, Zero Crossing Detector, Schmitt Trigger, Window Detector
05
Data Acquisition System: Necessity of Data Processing in Instrumentation, Generalized Data Acquisition System (DAS) - Block Diagram and
Explanation; Objectives; Signal Conditioning in DAS; Ratiometric Conversion; Logarithmic Conversion; Types of Data Acquisition System,
Analog to Digital Converter and Digital to Analog Converter using Op-Amp
06
Operation of Instrumentation System: Transducer Selection- Points to be Considered While Selecting a Transducer, Working of
Instrumentation System - i) Temperature Measurement- RTD, Thermistor, Thermocouple ii)Force Measurements using Load cell iii)
Credit
Pressure Measurement Using Diaphragm Types Transducer iv) Speed Measurement by Non-Contact Type Method v)Displacement
04
Measurement by LVDT, RVDT vi) Rotary Motion using Optical Encoder vii)Flow Measurement by Electromagnetic & Turbine Flow Meter
viii) Liquid Level Measurement by Resistive Sensor ix) A.C. Current RMS Indication Using Hall Effect Transducer
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14041-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14041-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation,
Dhanpat Rai & co
T14041 –RB1
2012
A.K.Sawhney
Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and process control,
1st
9780070677494
T14041 –RB2
William Dunn
2009
McGraw-Hill Education
Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation,
1st
9788126528820, 8126528826
T14041 –RB3
Alok Barua
2011
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
Op-AMPs and Linear Integrated Circuits,
4th
8120320581,
T14041 –RB4
Ramakant Gaikwad
2009
Prentice Hall Of India
rd
Electronic Instrumentation,
3
0070702063, 9780070702066
T14041 –RB5
H. S. Kalsi
2010
Tata McGraw-Hill Education
T14041 –RB6
Principles of Industrial Instrumentation,
Tata McGraw Hill
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 65
D.Patranabis
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14041 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Video on Industrial Instrumentation by Prof. Alok Barua available at
T14041-WL1
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105064/
T14042: TRANSFORMERS AND DC MACHINES
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14042
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Transformers and DC Machines( Please verify)
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain Construction and Working Principles of Various DC
Machines and Transformer

Analyze Characteristics of Electric Machines and
Transformers

Study Performance and Application of Single Phase and
Three Phase Transformer and Machine


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
01
02
03
04
05
CSs
Questions
DC Machines
DC Motors
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Single Phase Transformer
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Three Phase Transformers
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Special Transformers
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 66
01
02
DC Machines: Introduction - Types of DC Machines and Windings in a DC Machines, Principle of Operation of a Generator, Fleming’s Right
Hand Rule, Magnitude and Shape of Induced EMF(Expression and waveform), Single Turn Alternator, Generation of AC Voltages,
Construction of a DC Machine- Important Parts of DC Generator; Yoke; Poles, Pole Shoe and Pole Core; Field Winding ; Armature Core;
Armature Winding; Commutator; Brushes, Armature Windings - Types of Armature Windings (Lap Winding and Wave Winding), Role of
Commutator, E.M.F. Equation of a DC Generator-Types of DC Generators; Symbolic Representation of a Generator, Separately Excited
Generators- Current Relations, Voltage Relations and Load Characteristics of Separately Excited Generator, Shunt and Series Self Excited
Generators, Compound DC Generators - Long and Short Shunt Compound DC Generator; Cumulative and Differential Compound
Generator; Load Characteristics, Various Losses in a Generator and its Efficiency, Applications of Different Types of Generators
DC Motors: Construction of a DC Motor, Principle of Operation of DC Motor- Back EMF and its Significance; Methods of Improving
Commutation, Voltage and Power Equation of a DC Motor, Torque Equation of a DC Motor- Types of Torque and Effect of Load on the DC
Motor Operation, Types of DC Motors (Classification )- Shunt ; Series and Compound, Torque and Speed Equations, f Regulation, Various
Characteristics of a DC motor, Characteristics of DC Shunt Motor- Torque-Armature and Speed-Armature Current Characteristics; SpeedCredit
Torque Characteristics, Characteristics of DC Series Motor- Torque-Armature and Speed-Armature Current Characteristics; Speed-Torque
01
Characteristics, Characteristics of DC Compound Motor, Characteristics of Cumulative Compound Motor, Characteristics of Differential
Compound Motor, Applications - DC Motor; Shunt Motor; Series Motor; Cumulative Compound Motor and Differential Compound Motor
Applications, Selection of Motors for a Particular Application, Speed Control Methods of DC Shunt Motor - Flux Control Method;
Rheostatic Control or Armature Voltages Control Technique; Armature Voltages Control Using a Potential Divider; Applied Voltages Control
of a DC Shunt Motor; Ward Leonard Method for Speed Control, Speed Control of DC series Motor - Flux Control Method; Field Diverter
Method; Armature Diverter Method; Tapped Field Method; Series and Parallel Connection of Field; Rheostatic Control (Armature Voltages
Control); Applied Voltages Control, Need and Principle of a Starters, Three Point Starter-Basic Operation; Function of NVC or Hold on Coil;
Function of the Overload Coil, Losses in D.C Machines- Copper or Electrical Losses; Core Losses or Iron Losses; Brush Losses; Mechanical
Losses; Stray Load Losses; Power Stages, Efficiency of D.C Motor with Condition for Maximum Efficiency, Reversal of Direction of Rotation ,
Operation, Advantages and Application of Brushless DC Motor (BLDC Motor ), Construction, Working Principle and Applications of PMDC
Motor and Generators
03
Single Phase Transformer: Transformer and its Types (1Phase&3Phase), Principle of Operation of Transformer, Faraday’s Laws of
Electromagnetic Induction, Construction of Single Phase Transformer, Core Type and Shell Type Transformers, EMF Equation, Voltages and
Current Ratios (Transformation Ratios ) of a Transformers -Voltages Ratios of the Transformer with and Without Load; Transformation
Ratio (K);Turns Ratio; Types Based on the Value of k; Current Ratios, kVA Rating of Transformer, Losses in a Transformer- Copper Loss (Pcu);
Iron Loss (Pi); Hysteresis Losses; Eddy Current Losses, Ideal Transformer, Phasor Diagrams of Ideal Transformer on i) No Load ii) Load,
Practical Transformer- Phasor Diagram with i) Load ii)Capacitive Load iii) Resistive Load, Equivalent Resistance - Resistive Transferred to Credit
02
i)Primary Side ii) Secondary Side; Transfer of Reactance from i)Secondary to Primary ii)Primary to Secondary, Leakage Reactance and Its
Effect, Equivalent Circuit of Transformer, Definitions of Efficiency and Regulation- Condition for Maximum Efficiency; Load at Maximum
Efficiency; Voltages Regulation, Transformer Testing -Direct Method of Finding Performance; Procedure and Observations for i)Efficiency
Measurement ii)Regulation Measurement, Approximate Voltage Drop -Expression for Voltage Regulation; Condition for Zero Voltages
Regulation, Open Circuit Test (O.C. Test), Short Circuit Test (S.C. Test), All Day Efficiency of a Transformer with Examples, Simple Numericals
based on content covered
04
Three Phase Transformers: Three Phase Transformers- Bank of Three Single Phase Transformers with Advantages and Disadvantages;
Types of Three Phase Transformers with their Advantages and Disadvantages, Three-Phase Transformers Connections- Star-Star(Y-Y),
Delta-Delta (∆-∆) and Delta-Star(∆-Y) Connection with i) Voltage and Current Relations ii) Merits and Demerits of Delta-Star Connection iii)
Phasor Diagram iv) Applications, Star-Delta (Y-∆) Transformer- Voltage and Current Relations; Phasor Diagram; Advantages and
Disadvantages of Star-Delta Connection; Application, Significance of Vector Grouping of three Phase transformers, Three Phase
transformers Connection as per IS 2026 (Part IV)-1977- Line and Neutral Terminals; End Points of Phase Windings; Identification of Credit
Winding; Series and Parallel Connection; Markings of Tapping; Connections, Open Delta or (V-V) Connection Power Supplied by V-V Bank,
03
Scott Connection 3 Phase to 2 Phase Conversion with Load Analysis and Phasor Diagram, Comparison of Power Transformers and
Distribution Transformers, Selection of Transformers as Per IS 10028 ( Part-I)-1985- Selection Criteria for Distribution Transformers (upto
and Including 1600kVA); Criteria for Selection of Power Transformers (Above 1600 kVA), Three Phase Autotransformer- Advantages,
Disadvantages Applications, Autotransformer as Autostarter for a 3 Phase Induction Motor
05
Special Transformers: Singles Phase Autotransformer- Step Down and Step Up Autotransformer; Copper Saving in Autotransformer;
Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications of an Autotransformer; Dimmerstat; Comparison of Autotransformer and Potential Divider,
Instrument Transformers- Construction and Working principle of Current Transformers (CT) and Potential Transformers (PT), Welding
Transformer- Characteristics (I-V); Reactors used with the Welding Transformer; Features, Disadvantages and Applications of Welding
Transformer; Comparison of Welding Transformer and Two Windings Transformer, Isolation Transformers – Functions and Typical
Specifications of Isolation Transformers; Disconnect the Load Instrument from Supply Ground ; Reduction of Voltage Spikes; Application of
an Isolation Transformer
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14042-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 67
T14042-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
DC Machines and Transformers,
2nd
9788125916055,
T14042-RB1
K Murugesh Kumar
2004
Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd
T14042-RB2
Electric Machines,
D.P. Kothari, I Nagrath
T14042-RB3
Principle of Electrical Machines,
V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta
4th
2010
9780070699670,
McGraw-Hill Education, India.
Reprint
2006
8121921910, 9788121921916,
S. Chand
Electrical Machines: Theory And Practice,
2007
M. N. Bando
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14042-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14042-WL1
http://nptel.ac.in/courses/108105017/
T14042-RB4
812032997X, 9788120329973
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 68
T14043: AC MACHINES
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
01
V55
T14043
AC Machines
4
45
120
100
TH
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand and Explain constructional details, working
principles and characteristics of AC Machines

Explain various operating parameters of AC Machines

Explain applications of various Single phase and Three phase
machines like Single phase and Three phase Induction
motors, Three phase AC generators, three phase
synchronous motor


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Three Phase Alternator
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Special Machines
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
Three Phase Induction Motor
02
03
Three Phase Induction Motor Starter and Speed Control
Single Phase Motors
04
05
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 69
01
02
03
Three Phase Induction Motor: Introduction about Merits and Demerits of Induction Motors over DC Motor with Applications, Production
of Rotating Magnetic Field (RMF), Speed and Direction of RMF, 3-Phase Induction Motor - Construction and Parts of Motor and their
Functions, Types of Induction Motor- Wound Rotor or Slip Ring Type Rotor and Squirrel Cage Rotor, Principle of Operation of 3-Phase
Induction Motor, Electrical Characteristics of Induction Motors- Synchronous Speed (Ns );Slip; Rotor Induced emf frequency (fr); Induced
Voltages in the Rotor; Rotor Resistance; Rotor Reactance; Rotor Impedance; Rotor Power Factor; Rotor Current ; Power Transferred, Effect
of Loading on Induction Motor, Torque Equation of Induction Motor- Full Load Torque; Starting Torque; Condition for Maximum Torque
and Expression for Maximum Torque, Torque-Slip Characteristics of Induction Motor, Various Torque Ratios for an Induction Motor- Credit
01
Starting Torque to Maximum Torque Ratio, Effect of Change in i)Rotor Resistance on Torque Developed ii) Supply Voltage Torque Slip
Characteristics, Measurement of Slip- Actual Speed Measurement; By Comparison of Rotor and Stator Frequencies; Stroboscopic Method
for Measurement of Slip; Measurement of Slip by Tachometer Method, Variable Losses and Constant Losses in Induction Motor, Vector
Diagram and Power Flow Diagram for Induction Motor, Efficiency of an Induction Motor, Induction Motor as a Transformer, Equivalent
Circuit of Induction Motor - Referred to Stator and Approximate Equivalent Circuit
[Simple Numericals on content covered]
Three Phase Induction Motor - Starter and Speed Control: Need of Starter for Induction Motor, Types of Starters -Stator Resistance
Starter; Autotransformer Starter; Star-Delta Starter; Rotor Resistance Starter; Variable Frequency Starting; Direct on Line (DOL) Starters,
Speed Control of three Phase Induction Motor - Stator Voltages Control; Stator Frequency Control or V/F Control; Controlling the Number
of Poles; Change in Stator Resistance; Speed Control using External Rotor Resistance, Reversal of Direction of Rotation, Applications of
Squirrel Cage Motors and Slip Ring Induction Motors, Double Cage Induction Motor- Construction; Working principle and Characteristics
Credit
Single Phase Motors : Construction of Single Phase Induction Motors(IM), Double Revolving Field Theory, Torque Speed Characteristics of
02
Single Phase Induction Motor, Split Phasing Principal of Starting, Types of Single Phase Induction Motor, Split Phase IM (Resistance start
Induction Run )- Principle of Operation; Phase Diagram; Torque Speed Characteristics; Applications of Split Phase IM, Phase Diagram and
Torque Speed Characteristics of Capacitor Start Induction Run Motor, Capacitor Start Capacitor Run Motor- Phase Diagram, Role of
Capacitor and Applications, Shaded Pole Induction Motors with Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications
[Simple Numericals on content covered]
04
Three Phase Alternator: Definition of Alternator, Classification of Alternators, Construction of an Alternators- Stator Construction;
Construction of a Rotor; Difference between Salient Pole and Smooth Cylindrical Rotor; Excitation System; Ventilation System; Slip Ring
and Brush Assembly, Advantages of Rotating Field Construction over the Rotating Armature Construction, Single Turn Alternator (Rotating
Armature Type)- Generation of AC Voltages; Salient and Non-Salient pole Construction; 4-Pole Alternator, Induced (Generated) EMFFrequency of Induced EMF; Synchronous Speed (Relation Between Synchronous Speed and Frequency); Construction of a 3 Phase
Alternator; Simplified Operation of a Moving Armature Alternator (2-Pole and 4-Pole), Relation between the Synchronous Speed and
Frequency of the Induced EMF, Armature Windings and Related Definitions, Types of Armature Windings - Single Layer and Double Layer
Credit
Winding; Concentric or Distributed Windings; Full Pitch and Short Pitch winding; Pitch Factor or Coil Span Factor (Kc or KP); Distribution
03
Factor or Breadth Factor or Winding Factor or Spread Factor (Kd), E.M.F. Equation of an Alternator, Parameters of Armature WindingArmature Resistance Ra and Armature Leakage Reactance XL, Armature Reaction - Effect of i) Lagging Power Factor Load ii)Unity Power
Factor Load iii) Zero Leading Power Factor, Concept of Synchronous Reactance (XS) and Impedance (Z S), Voltages Equivalent and Factors
affecting the Terminal Voltages, Equivalent Circuit, Rating, Losses and Efficiency of an Alternator, Regulation of an Alternator by
Synchronous Impedance Method - Open Circuit test; Short Circuit Test; Determination of Synchronous Impedance ZS and Regulation
Calculations, Regulation by MMF (Ampere Turns ) Method - Regulation Calculations and Drawback of MMF Method
[Simple Numericals on content covered]
05
Special Machines: Sector Induction Motor-Linear Induction Motor, Single Phase A.C Series with Motor Modifications and Torque-Speed
Characteristics, Universal Motor- Uncompensated and Compensated Universal Motor; Speed Range and Direction Reversal; Advantages,
Disadvantages and Applications of Universal Motor, Induction Generator -Principle of Operation; Applications, Advantages, Limitations
and Drawbacks of Induction Generator, Servomotors- A.C. Servomotor; Torque-Speed Characteristics; Advantages and Applications of AC
Servomotors, Types of Servomotors, DC Servomotors- Field Controlled DC Servomotors; Armature Controlled DC Servomotors;
Applications of DC Servomotors, Advantages and Classification of Stepper Motor, Single Stack Variable Reluctance (V.R) Stepper Motor
with Advantages, Permanent Magnet Step Motors with its Advantages and Drawbacks, Hybrid Step Motors with its Advantages, Important
Definitions Related to Stepper Motors, Static and Dynamic Characteristics of Stepper Motors, Applications and Limitations of Stepper
Motor
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14043-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14043-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electrical Machines
3rd
007066921X, 9780070669215
T14043 –RB1
S. K. Bhattacharya
2008 Aug
Tata McGraw - Hill Education, New Delhi
Induction and Synchronous Machines
1st
9788125909262
T14043 –RB2
K Murugesh Kumar
2000
Vikas publication House Pvt.Ltd
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 70
T14043 –RB3
Electrical Machines Vol-II
K Murugesh Kumar
1st
2010
A Textbook of Electrical Technology: Volume II: AC & DC Machines 23rd
Theraja & A.K. Theraja
Revised Ed
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14043 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14043-WL1
http://www.scilab.in/textbook_companion/generate_book/431
T14043 –RB4
9788125939474
Vikas publication House Pvt.Ltd
8121924375 / 9788121924375
S. Chand & Company Ltd.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 71
T14044: ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14044
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Electrical Power Generation
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand and Explain Concepts, Principles and Operation
of Electrical Power Generation - Thermal Power, Hydro
Power, Nuclear Power, Diesel Power, Wind Power and Solar
Power

Explain various factors to be consider for selection of power
plant site

Explain the Economics of Power Generation with factors
affecting on it


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Basics of Power Generation
Thermal Power Plant
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Hydro Electric Power Plant
Diesel Electric Power Plant
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Nuclear Power Plant
Economics of Power Generation
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
Interconnected Power Systems
Renewable Energy Sources
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
02
Credit
Block
Basics of Power Generation : Introduction about Electric Power System, Types of Energy Sources, Generating Stations, Prediction of Load
and Energy Requirement, Comparison between Conventional and Non-conventional Energy Sources, Fuels - Solid, Liquid and Gaseous,
their Calorific Values, Advantages and Disadvantages of these Fuels
Thermal Power Plant: Concept of Thermal Power Plant, List of Thermal Power Plants in State and Country with their Capacities, Selection Credit
of Site for Thermal Power Plant , Block Diagram of Thermal Power Plant, Quality of Fuel and its Effect on Quality of Power Generation 01
Classification and Analysis of coal, Operation of Different Components, Electrical Equipment’s used in Thermal Power Plant, Advantages
and Disadvantages of Thermal Power Plant
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 72
03
04
05
06
07
08
Hydro Electric Power Plant: Concept of Hydro Power Plant, Selection of Site for Hydro Power Plant, Layout of Hydro Electric Plant,
Function of Different Components of Hydro Power Plant, Various Turbines used – Low head and High Head Turbine and Types, Water
Hammer and Cavitation Effect, Specific Speed, Electrical Equipment’s used in Hydro Power Plan , Classification of Hydro Electric Plants According to i)Quantity of Available Water ii) Available Head iii) Nature of Plants iv) Pumped storage power plants, Advantages and
Credit
Disadvantages of Hydro Electric Plants, List of Hydro Electric Power Plant In Maharashtra and Country
02
Diesel Electric Power Plant : Concept of Diesel Electric Power, Applications of Diesel Power Stations, Block Diagram of Diesel Power Plant Engine; Fueling System; Air Intake System; Exhaust System; Cooling System; Lubricating System; Engine Starting System, Maintenance of
Diesel Power Stations, Captive Power Generation- Types, Advantages and Disadvantages, Introduction to AVR (Automatic Voltage
Regulator), Auto Mains Failure Panel (AMFP) with the help of Block Diagram
Nuclear Power Plant : Concept of Nuclear Power Plant- Atomic Physics; Nuclear Fission ; Chain Reaction, Block Diagram of Nuclear power
Plant- Nuclear Reactor; Heat Exchanger; Steam Turbine; Alternator; Condenser and Cooling Tower, Fuels used in Nuclear Power Plant,
Classification of Nuclear Reactors as Advanced Gas Cooled Reactor (AGC), Boiling Water Reactors, Pressurized Water Reactor and LiquidMetal Fast-Breeder Reactor, Selection of Site for Nuclear Power Plant, Principle of Control of Nuclear reactor, Disposal of Nuclear Waste Credit
and Nuclear Shielding, Advantages and Disadvantages of Nuclear Power Plant, List of Nuclear Power Plant in State and Country
03
Economics of Power Generation : Definition of Economics of Power Generation, Terms Commonly used in System Operation, Curves used
in System Operation- Load Curve; Load Duration Curve; Integrated Duration curve, Factors Affecting the Cost of Generation, Importance of
High Load Factor, Choice of Size and Number of Generator Units, Difficulties in Selecting Number of Units ( Simple Numericals)
Interconnected Power System: Definition of Interconnected Power System, Merits and Limitation of Interconnected Power System,
Comparison of Various Types of Power Stations, Base Load and Peak Load Concept, Combined Operation of Power Stations, Load
Allocation among Various Types of Power Stations, Economic Loading of Generators, Economic Loading of Inter Connected Stations, Load
Sharing and Transfer of Load between Power Stations- Necessity of Reactance for an Interconnected Stations; Load Sharing,
Interconnection of Power Stations at State and National Level
Renewable Energy Sources: Importance of Renewable Energy Sources, Types of Renewable Sources -Conventional and Non-Conventional
Types; Renewable Energy Types, Solar Radiation- Potential of Solar Energy; Direct Radiation, Diffused Radiation; Solar Constant, Solar Credit
04
Collectors, Solar Thermal Power Plant - Open Volumetric Air Receiver Concept; Pressurized Air Receiver Concept; Advantages, Solar
Photovoltaic Systems- Construction and Principle of Working; Characteristics of Solar Cell; Solar Cell Materials; Important Terms related to
solar panel; Stand-Alone DC/AC system; PV – Generator Combination, Solar PV Application, Advantages & Disadvantages of Solar Energy,
Wind Energy- Wind Energy and Its Importance; Wind to Electric Energy Conversion System; Selection of Sites for Wind Mills, Block
Diagram of Wind Energy Conversion System - Variable Speed Constant Frequency System ( VSCF) and Constant Speed Constant Frequency
System (CSCF), Types of wind Turbines - Horizontal Axis wind Turbines(HAWT) and Vertical Axis wind Turbines(VAWT) with Comparison
between them, Advantages and Limitations of Wind Energy Conversion, Grid Connected System- Grid Feed and Grid Supported
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14044-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14044-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electric Power Generation, Transmission and Distribution
2nd Ed
9788120335608
T14044 –RB1
S. N. Singh
2008
Prentice-hall Of India Pvt Ltd
3rd Ed
Solar Energy,
0070260648
T14044 –RB2
2008
S. P. Sukhatme
The McGraw-Hill Companies
T14044 –RB3
Generation of Electrical Energy,
B. R. Gupta
6th Ed
2010
9788121901024, 8121901022
S. Chand Publisher
T14044 –RB4
Principles of Power System,
V. K. Mehta & Rohit Mehta
3rd
2005
8121924960, 9788121924962
S. Chand & Co Ltd
T14044 –RB5
Generation Distribution and Utilization of Electrical Energy,
Wadhwa, C L
3rd
2012
978-81-224-2821-6
New Age International (P) Ltd
Electrical Power Systems
Reprint
Wadhwa, C L
Apr, 2014
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14044-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
SCILAB T EXTBOOK COMPANION FOR P RINCIPLES OF P OWER S YSTEMS
T14044-WL1
www.scilab.in/textbook_companion/generate_book/98
T14044 –RB6
978-81-224-2839-1
New Age International (P) Ltd
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 73
T14045: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION AND BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14045
Course Name
Industrial Instrumentation and Basic Mechanical Engineering
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
TW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PART I: INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Identify different components of instrumentation system

Select the transducer as per measurement application

Analyze and test given instrumentation system and its
circuits


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14041: Industrial Instrumentation
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14041: Industrial Instrumentation
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 14 Activities)
01
To Study Displacement Measurement by using LVDT
02
To Study Pressure Measurement by using Strain Gauge
03
To Plot the Characteristics of RTD (PT-100) and Thermocouple
04
To Study Level Measurement and Verify the Characteristics of the Transducer
05
To Study Speed Measurement by using Tachometer
06
To Study Displacement or Position Measurement by using Rotary Encoder
07
To Study Pressure Measurement using Diaphragm type Pressure Gauge
08
To Plot Characteristics of Primary and Secondary Current for a Current Transformer
09
To Verify and Plot the graph of the characteristics of LDR/Photo diode and Photo Transistor
Credit
Block
Credit 01
Credit 02
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
Page 74
10
To Study Speed Measurement Using different Optical Encoders
11
12
To Study of the Performance Characteristics of Level Transducer and Flow of a Fluid
To Verify working of Inverting and Non-inverting Amplifier using OPAMP
13
To Verify Adder and Subtractor circuit operation using OPAMP
14
To Verify the function of OPAMP as Comparator and Schmitt Trigger
15
To Verify Operation Op-Amp as an Instrumentation Amplifier
16
To Study Digital to Analog Converter using OPAMP
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14045-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14045-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electrical and Electronics Measurement and Instrumentation,
T14041 –RB1
2012
A.K.Sawhney
Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation and process control,
1st
T14041 –RB2
William Dunn
2009
Fundamentals of Industrial Instrumentation,
1st
T14041 –RB3
Alok Barua
2011
Op-AMPs and Linear Integrated Circuits,
4th
T14041 –RB4
Ramakant Gaikwad
2009
Electronic Instrumentation,
3rd
T14041 –RB5
H. S. Kalsi
2010
Principles of Industrial Instrumentation,
T14041 –RB6
D.Patranabis
Dhanpat Rai & co
9780070677494
McGraw-Hill Education
9788126528820, 8126528826
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd
8120320581,
Prentice Hall Of India
0070702063, 9780070702066
Tata McGraw-Hill Education
Tata McGraw Hill
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14045-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14045-WL1
PART II: BASIC MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand mechanical aspect of Steam Power Plant, IC
Engine, Air Compressor, Pumps, Hydro Power Plant, Wind
Turbine while doing electrical installations and maintenance

Handle equipment that are used for generation of electrical
power

Understand various process, different mountings and
accessories of mechanical equipment


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Boilers, Steam Turbine, Steam Engine: Introduction of Supercritical Boiler with Specific Advantages, Similarity and Difference between
Subcritical and Supercritical Boilers, Construction and Working of Critical Boilers- Principal of Working of Benson Boiler with its Salient
Features and Advantages, Construction and Working of Super Critical Boiler – Construction; Working; Advantages of Supercritical Boiler, Credit
01
01 Boilers Efficiency - Combustion Efficiency and Annual or Seasonal Efficiency, Boilers Act (for Remedial Measure)-Definitions ; Alterations and
Renewals to Boiler; Alterations and Renewals to Steam-pipes; Erosion Phenomenon and Remedial Measures, Steam Turbine - Classification of
Turbine; Principal of Operation, Steam Turbine According to Supply and Exhaust Conditions with Applications; Casing or Shaft Arrangements,
Impulse and Reaction Turbine, Power Developed by Turbine, Different Power Loss in Turbine
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 75
02
Internal Combustion (IC) Engines : Engines Terminology, Classification of IC Engine, Testing of IC Engine - Indicated Power; Brake Power;
Friction Power; Measurement of i) Fuel Consumption ii)Heal Carried by Jacket Cooling Water iii)Air Supply to IC Engine iv)Heat Carried Away
by Exhaust Gases, The Engine Performance Characteristics- Power and Torque; Output Curve ; Torque Curve; Brake Specific Fuel Consumption
Curve , Fault Finding and Remedial Measures , Starting System -Starting Motor or Cranking Motor; Drive Unit; Starter Solenoid
Air Compressor : Concept of Air Compressors, Use of Compressed Air, Classification of Air Compressors according to the i)Capacity
ii)Pressure Limit iii) Method of Connection to the Driving unit, Definition - Compression ratio ; Compressor Capacity; Free Air Delivered
(FAD); Swept Volume; Pressure ratio , Reciprocating Air Compressor - Construction and Working of Single-Stage Single Acting Reciprocating
03
Compressors ; Indicator Diagram ; Single Acting Compressor; Double Acting Reciprocating Compressor; Two Stage Air Compressor, Rotary
Credit
Compressors –Fans; Blowers ; Positive Displacement Compressor; Non-Positive Displacement Rotary or Steady Flow Compressor, Methods of
02
Energy Saving in Air Compressors -Inter-Stage Cooling; Water Jacketing; Another Method for Energy Saving, Air Compressor Trouble Shooting
Pumps : Types of Hydraulic Pumps - Reciprocating Pump - Efficiency and Common Problems; Double Acting Pump; Power Required to Drive a
Reciprocating Pump; Centrifugal Pump- Construction, Difference between Centrifugal and Reciprocating Pump, Working Principle of Rotary
04
Pumps -Working of Gear, Vane , Lobe and Screw Pumps, Peristaltic Pump Power Required to Drive the Centrifugal Pump (Work Done By a
Centrifugal Pump)- Manometric Head HM and Pumping Power , Fault Finding and Remedial Action in Pumps
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
Credit
Block
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 10 Activities)
01
Demonstration and Study of various types of Boilers Mountings and Accessories with the help of
Model
02
To Study Foundation and Working of Boiler
03
To Study Foundation and Working of Turbine
04
To Study Operation of Condenser
05
To Study Operation of Cooling Tower
06
To Conduct Test on Diesel Engine to Find Break Power, Indicated Power and Frictional Power
07
To Observe the Operation of IC Engine and Identify types of Faults and Suggest Remedial Measures
08
List Out Various Components in Domestic Window Air Conditioner and Explain Working Principle of
Domestic Window Air Conditioner with Schematic Diagram
09
To Observe the Operation of Air Compressor for Identification of Sources of Air Leakage
10
To Observe the Operation of Air Compressor and Identify Types of Faults and Suggest
Remedial Measures
11
12
Credit 01
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
To Observe the Operation of Reciprocating Pump and Identify Types of Faults and Suggest
Remedial Measures
To Determine Overall Efficiency of a Centrifugal Pump by Conducting a Trial Test on it and
Observe Foundation of Pump
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14045-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14045-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Basic Mechanical Engineering,
Aug, 2013
T14045 -RB1
T. S. Rajan,
Automobile Engineering,
12th Edition
T14045–RB2
Dr. Kripal Singh
A Course in Thermal Engineering
Reprint
T14045–RB3
V. M. Domkundwar
Fluid Mechanics & Hydraulic Machine,
Ninth, 2010
T14045–RB4
R. K. Bansal
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
978-81-224-1172-0
New Age International (P) Ltd.
Standard Publishers Distributers
Dhanpat Rai & Co (p) Ltd
978-81-318-0815-3
Laxmi Publication
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 76
T14045 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14045-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 77
T14046: TRANSFORMERS, DC AND AC MACHINES
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14046
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Transformers, DC and AC Machines
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PART I: TRANSFORMERS AND DC MACHINES
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explore the concepts of DC machines and transformers

Analyze and test the characteristics of DC machines and
transformers

Handle and operate various Electric Machines


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14042: Transformers and DC Machines
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14042: Transformers and DC Machines
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 5 Activities from each Credit)
01
a) To Study and Identify Different Parts of D. C Machine
b) Using Resistance Measurement method Identify Different Windings of D. C Machine
02
To Study the Torque Vs. Speed Characteristics of Shunt Wound, Series, and Compound DC Motors
03
To Calculate the Efficiency of Shunt Wound, Series, and Compound DC Motors
04
To Obtain Speed Control of DC Shunt Motor by Flux Control and Armature Resistance Control
05
To Perform Load Test on DC Shunt Motor and Find Efficiency
06
To Find Open Circuit Characteristics of Self Excited DC Shunt Generator and Obtain its Critical
Resistance
07
To Obtain the Load Characteristics of DC Compound Generator under Cumulative and Differential
Mode Condition
Credit
Block
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 78
08
To Conduct Open Circuit and Short Circuit Test on Single Phase Transformer
09
To Conduct load test on single phase transformer and to find efficiency and regulation
10
To Determine Transformation Ratio, percentage Regulation and Efficiency of Single Phase Transformer
by Direct Loading.
11
12
13
14
To Determine the Efficiency and Regulation of a Transformer by Conducting Open Circuit Test and
Short Circuit Test and to Draw Equivalent Circuit
To Determine the Phase Sequence of a Three Phase Power Line and Its Effect on Three Phase
Induction Motor Operation
To Separate the Eddy Current Loss and Hysteresis Loss from the Iron Loss of Single Phase Transformer
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
To determine the relationship between line voltages & phase voltages by Connecting 3-phase
transformer in Δ-Δ, y-Δ, y-y & Δ-y
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14046-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14046-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14042-RB1
DC Machines and Transformers,
K Murugesh Kumar
2nd
2004
9788125916055,
Vikas Publishing House Pvt Ltd
T14042-RB2
Electric Machines,
D.P. Kothari, I Nagrath
4th
2010
9780070699670,
McGraw-Hill Education, India.
T14042-RB3
Principle of Electrical Machines,
V.K. Mehta, Rohit Mehta
Reprint
2006
8121921910, 9788121921916,
S. Chand
T14042-RB4
Electrical Machines: Theory And Practice,
M. N. Bando
2007
812032997X, 9788120329973
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14046-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14046-WL1
PART II: AC MACHINES
RESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND L EARNING O BJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explore the concepts of 1-ф induction motor, 3-ф induction
motor and 3-ф Alternator

Analyze and test the characteristics of AC machines

Handle and operate various Electric Machines


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
01 Course Content Covered in T14043: AC Machines
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14043: AC Machines
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 79
Credit
Block
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Perform any seven (7) activities
01
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
Start the Induction Motor by using Direct Online Starter and Reverse the Direction of Rotation using
Reversible Switch
02 Start the Induction Motor by using Star- Delta Starting Method
03
Draw the equivalent circuit of the Single Phase Induction Motor by conducting (a) No-load Test
(b) Blocked Rotor Test
04 To Perform the brake test on a 3-ф Slip Ring Induction Motor and obtain its performance characteristics
05
Questions
Credit 01
To Control the speed of 3-ф Induction Motor by i) Rotor Resistance Variation ii) Variable Frequency
Supply to Stator
06 To Measure the slip of 3-ф induction motor using i) Tachometer ii) Stroboscope
07
To Control the Speed of Induction Motor by Frequency Changing/ Cascade Method Or Pole-Changing
Method
Perform any seven (7) activities
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
08 To Determine Torque, Output, Efficiency, Power Factor by conducting Load test on Induction motor
09
To Determine the Regulation of an Alternator at Full Load At Different Power Factors using i)
Synchronous Impedance and ii) MMF Methods
10 To Determine Voltage Regulation of 3-ф Alternator by Direct Loading Test for Different Power Factor
11 To Start a 3- ф Slip Ring Induction Motor by Rotor Resistance Starter.
Credit 02
12 To Synchronize 3-ф Alternators with Bus-Bar
13 To Synchronize 3-ф alternator by i) Three Lamp Method ii) Synchroscope
To Study the effect of Capacitor on the Starting and Running of a Single-Phase Induction Motor,
14 both in Starting and Running Condition and to Determine the method of Reversing the Direction
of Rotation
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14046-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14046-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Electrical Machines
3rd
007066921X, 9780070669215
T14043 –RB1
S. K. Bhattacharya
2008 Aug
Tata McGraw - Hill Education, New Delhi
Induction and Synchronous Machines
1st
9788125909262
T14043 –RB2
K Murugesh Kumar
2000
Vikas publication House Pvt.Ltd
T14043 –RB3
Electrical Machines Vol-II
K Murugesh Kumar
1st
2010
A Textbook of Electrical Technology: Volume II: AC & DC Machines 23rd
Theraja & A.K. Theraja
Revised Ed
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14046 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14046-WL1
T14043 –RB4
9788125939474
Vikas publication House Pvt.Ltd
8121924375 / 9788121924375
S. Chand & Company Ltd.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 80
SEMESTER 05
T14051: INDUSTRY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14051
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Industry Electrical Systems
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand the Operation and Control of Various Electrical
Drives, Electrical Furnaces, Electrical Welding Equipments

Explain the Importance of Power Factor, Utilization of
Electrical Energy, Energy Conservation and Good
Illumination

Explain the various Components in Electric Traction System

Teaching Learning of Part I (Industry Electrical Systems) of Term
work Course T14055
UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Electrical Drive System
Elevators
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Electric Heating
Electric Welding
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
07
Illumination
Tariff
Power Factor Improvement
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Electric Traction
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
08
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 81
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
Electrical Drive System: Concept of Drive and its Advantages and Disadvantages, Factors Governing Selection of Motors, Types of Drive,
Selection of Motor-Nature of Mechanical Load ; Matching of speed Torque Characteristic of Load and Motor; Starting Condition of the
Load, Electrical Characteristic of DC and AC Motor, Brief Introduction of Different Methods of Starting Gear of the Motors, Methods of
Speed Control, Requirement of Electrical Braking, Disadvantages of Electric Braking over Mechanical Breaking, Types of Electric BrakingPlugging or Reverse Current Braking; Rheostatic Braking or Dynamic Braking; Regenerative Braking, Mechanical Features of Drives -Types
of Enclosure and Bearing, Types of Transmission of Drive- Flat Belt Drive; V Belt Drive; Rope Drive; Toothed Belt Drive; Chain Drive; Gear
Drive; Direct Drive, Noise Level, Load Cycles - Continuous loading, Short time loading, Long time ( Intermittent) Loading, Continuous Credit
01
operations short time loading, Continuous operations long time loading: Concept with graphical representation, Derivation of the Power
of Motor
Elevators : Ideal Requirements of the Elevator System, Function of Elevator, Applications of Elevators, Types of Elevators, Factors for
Selection of Elevator, Shape and Size of Car of Elevator, Speed of Elevators, Location of Elevator Machine, Types of Elevator MachineDrum and Traction Elevator, Elevator Motors, Safety Precautions, Bombay Lift Act
Electric Heating: Methods of Heat Transfer, Advantages of Electric Heating, Classification of Heating Methods, Resistance Heating- Direct
Resistance Heating; Indirect Resistance Heating; Requirement of Good Heating Material; Causes of Failure of Heating Elements, Electric
ARC Heating, Induction Heating- Various Types of Induction Furnaces; Core Type Furnace; Ajax Wyatt Vertical Core Furnaces; Tama
Furnace; and its Advantages, High Frequency Eddy Current Heating- Working Principle; Advantages and Application of Eddy Current
Heating, Dielectric Heating-Dielectric Loss; Dielectric Heating and Applications of Dielectric Heating, Design of Heating Element,
Temperature Control of Resistance Furnaces – i)By Varying the Applied Voltages To Elements ii)By Varying the Resistance of the Element
Credit
iii)Periodically Switching on and off the Electric Supply, Temperature Control of Induction Furnaces, Methods of Obtaining of Power Supply
02
for Induction Furnaces
Electric Welding: Meaning and Advantages of Electric Welding, Types of Electric Welding, Electric Resistance Welding- Types of Resistance
Welding; Spot Welding; Spot Welding Machine, Electric Arc Welding- Polarity in D.C Welding; Electrodes for Arc Welding; Carbon Arc
Welding; Metal Arc Welding, Comparison between D.C Welding, A.C Welding, Spot Welding and Resistance Welding, Electric Supply for
Arc Welding (V-I Characteristics of Arc), Arc Welding Machines - D.C Welding Set, Arc Welding Machines - A.C Welding Set – i)Tapped
Reactor ii)Moving Coil Method iii)Magnetic Shunt Method, Requirements of Good Weld
Illumination: Important Terms Related with Illumination, Laws of Illumination-Inverse Square Law and Lambert’s Cosine Law, Sources of
Light with Working Principle, Construction, Operation and Application of - Incandescent or Filament Lamp; Fluorescent Tube; Mercury
Vapour Lamp; Sodium Vapour Lamp; Compact Fluorescent Lamp (C.F.L.); LED Lamp; Metal Halide Lamp and Halogen Lamp, Basic Principles
of Light Control- Specular and Diffuse Reflection, Types of Lighting Scheme- i)Direct ii)Semi Direct iii) Indirect iv)Semi- Indirect v) General
Lighting Scheme, Design of Lighting Scheme - Objectives and Factors to be Considered While Designing of Lighting Schemes, General
Requirements and Types of Installations of Factory Lighting, Method of Lighting Calculation
Credit
Tariff : Meaning of Term Tariff, Objectives and Requirements of Tariff , Types of Tariff –Block Rate Tariff; KVA Maximum Demand Tariff
03
Time of Day Metering / Tariff, Introduction to Four Quadrant Metering [Simple Numerical based on content Covered]
Power Factor Improvement : Concept of Power Factor and Power Triangle, Disadvantages of Low Power Factor, Causes of Low Power
Factor, Principle of Power Factor Improvement, Power Factor Improvement Equipments -Static Capacitors; Synchronous Condensers;
Phase Advancers, Most Economical Power Factor with Derivation, Location of Power Factor Correction Equipment, Avoidance of Low
Power factor without using P.F. improving Apparatus , Limitations of Static Capacitors in Improving P.F. of Drives run by Inverters or VFDs
Electric Traction: Requirement of Ideal Traction System, Non-electric Traction System, Electric Drive and its Advantages and
Disadvantages, Track Electrification System- Direct Current System; Composite System; Advantages of 25 kV A.C. System Over D.C System;
Comparison between Pure A.C and D.C System; Block Diagram of A.C Electric Locomotive, Traction Mechanics -Types of Services, SpeedTime Curve, Average Speed and Schedule Speed, Power of Traction Motor, Specific Energy Consumption, Factors Affecting i)Specific
Energy Consumption ii)Coefficient of Adhesion, Traction Motors -Desirable Characteristics of Traction Motors, Suitability of Series Motor Credit
04
for Traction Duty and Suitability of Three Phase Induction Motors for Traction Duty, Traction Motor Control- Series Parallel Control of D.C
Series Motor; Shunt Transition; Bridge Transition; Thyristor Control Method, Traction Control System of A.C Locomotives – Tap Changing
Method
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14051-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14051-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Utilization of Electric Power & Electric Traction
2012 edition 9350142589, 978-9350142585
T14051 –RB1
J.B.Gupta
(2013)
S.K. Kataria & Sons
Utilisation of Electric Power: Including Electric Drives &Electric
2nd
978-81-224-3681-5
Traction,
T14051 –RB2
2014
New Age International
Suryanarayana, N.V
T14051 –RB3
Generation & Utilization of Electrical Energy,
2010
978-81-317-3332-5
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 82
S.Sivanagaraju, M.Balasubba Reddy, D.Srilatha
Principals of Power System,
Reprint
V.K.Mehta & Rohit Mehta
2006
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14051 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14051-WL1
T14051 –RB4
Pearson
81-219-2496-0
S.Chand
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 83
T14052: MICROCONTROLLER
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14052
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Microcontroller
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand concept and need of microprocessor and
microcontroller

Explain internal architecture details of PIC microcontroller

Understand how to Interface peripherals to microcontroller

Understand and apply the programming techniques

Understand various application of PIC Microcontroller


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
History and Features of The PIC Microcontrollers
PIC Architecture and Assembly Language programming
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
05
Branch , Call and Time delay Loop
PIC I/O Port Programming
Arithmetic, Logic Instructions and Programs
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
08
PIC Programming in C
PIC18 Timer Programming in C
PIC18 Serial port programming in C
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
09
10
11
12
Interrupt programming in C
LCD and Keyboard Interfacing
ADC, DAC and Sensor Interface
Motor Control: Relay, PWM, DC and Stepper Motor
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
01
History and Features of The PIC Microcontrollers : Microcontrollers and Embedded Processors, Overview of the PIC18 Family, Comparison
with 8051 Microcontroller
02
PIC Architecture and Assembly Language programming: Concept of John Von Neumann’s Architectures and Harvard Architectures,
Credit
The WREG Register in the PIC, The PIC File Register, Using Instructions with the Default Access Bank, PIC Status Register, PIC Data Format
01
and Directives, Introduction to PIC Assembly Programming, Assembling and Linking a PIC Program, The Program Counter and Program
ROM Space in the PIC, RISC Architecture in the PIC, Viewing Register and Memory with MPLAB Simulator
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 84
03
Branch, Call and Time delay Loop: BRANCH Instructions and Looping, CALL Instructions and Stack, PIC18 Time Delay and Instruction Credit
Pipeline
02
04
PIC I/O Port Programming: I/O Port programming in PIC18, I/O Bit Manipulation Programming
05
Arithmetic, Logic Instructions and Programs: Arithmetic Instructions, Signed Number Concepts and Arithmetic Operations, Logic and
Compare Instructions, Rotate Instruction and Data Serialization, BCD and ASCII Conversion
06
07
08
PIC Programming in C: Data Types and Time Delays in C, I/O Programming in C, Logic Operations in C, Data Conversion Programs in C,
Data Serialization in C, Program ROM Allocation in C18, Data RAM Allocation in C18
PIC18 Timer Programming in C : Programming Timers 0 and 1, Counter Programming, Programming Timers 0 and 1 in C, Programming
Timers 2 and 3
PIC18 Serial port programming in C: Basics of Serial Communication, PIC18 Connection to RS232, PIC18 Serial Port Programming in C
Credit
03
09
Interrupt programming in C: PIC18 Interrupts, Programming Timer Interrupts, Programming External Hardware Interrupts, Programming
the Serial Communication Interrupt, PortB Change Interrupt, Interrupt priority in the PIC18
10
LCD and Keyboard Interfacing: LCD Interfacing, Keyboard Interfacing
11
ADC, DAC and Sensor Interface: ADC Characteristics, ADC Programming in the PIC18, DAC Interfacing, Sensor Interfacing and Signal
Conditioning
12
Motor Control: Relay, PWM, DC and Stepper Motor: Relays and Optoisolators, Stepper Motor Interfacing, DC Motor Interfacing and Credit
PWM, PWM Motor Control with CCP, DC motor Control with ECCP
04
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14052-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14052-TB1
PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and c for 15th
9788131716755, 9788131716755
PIC18,
Impression
Pearson Education
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolind D Mckinlay, Danny Causey
2014
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
PIC Microcontrollers - Programming in C,
978-86-84417-17-8
T14052 –RB1
Milan Verle
mikroElektronika; 1st edition (2009)
T14052 –RB2
T14052 –RB3
T14052 –RB4
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14052 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14052-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 85
T14053: POWER ELECTRONICS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14053
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Power Electronics
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand Operating principles used in Power Electronics
Devices

Explain Construction and Operation of Controlled
Rectifiers, Choppers, Inverter and Industrial Control Circuits

Describe the Applications of Power Devices in Industrial
Electronics, UPS and SMPS


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
01
02
Power Electronics
Thyristor Family Devices
03
04
Triggering Devices and Turn ON Methods of SCR
Turn OFF Methods of SCR
05
06
Phase Controlled Rectifiers
Polyphase Rectifiers
07
08
Converters
Industrial Control Circuits
CSs
Questions
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 86
01
Power Electronics: Introduction to Power Electronics- Principle and Application Area, Need of High Power Semiconductor Switches,
General Requirements of Power Devices, Need of Power Transistor, MOSFET and IGBT, Introduction to Power Transistors -Classification of
Power Transistors, Construction and Principle of Operation of Power BJT; I-V Characteristics of the Power Transistor- Operation; how differ
from Small Signal BJT?; Quasi Saturation and Hard Saturation in Power Transistors, Various Losses in Power Devices, Switching
Characteristics of a Power BJT, Turn on Characteristics; Turn Off Characteristics; Charge Profile during Turn –off, Second Breakdown in
Power Transistors, Merits, Demerits and Applications of a Power BJT, Power MOSFET- Construction; Principle of Operation and I-V
Characteristics of Power MOSFET; Switching Characteristics of Power MOSFET, Forward Blocking Capacity of a Power MOSFET, Merits,
Demerits and Applications of Power MOSFET,
Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor (IGBT)- Concept; Features; Basic Structure; I-V Characteristics of IGBT, Types of IGBTs - Non Punch Credit
01
Through IGBT and Punch Through IGBT, Principle of Operation of IGBT, Merits, Demerits and Applications of IGBT
02
Thyristor Family Devices: Introduction to Thyristor Family Devices- Applications of Thyristor; Silicon Controlled Rectifier and its Important
Features; Construction and I-V Characteristics of SCR; Two Transistor Analogy of SCR; SCR as a Switch; Merits, Demerits, Applications and
Specifications of SCR, Types of SCR- Phase Control SCRs and Fast Switching SCRs, Triacs - Construction; I-V Characteristics and Different
states of Triac Operation, Modes of Operations- Operating Modes; Advantages; Disadvantages; Applications and Specifications of a Triac,
Light Activated SCR (LASCR)- Equivalent Circuit of LASCR; VI Characteristics ; Advantages and Applications of LASCR, Comparison of Power
Devices
03
04
Triggering Devices and Turn ON Methods of SCR: Triggering Devices: Ideal Switch Characteristics, Triggering Devices, DIAC – Construction;
Applications and Disadvantages of DIAC, Comparisons of i)Diac and Triac
Turn ON Methods of SCR : Introduction to Turn On Methods, Delay Angle or Firing Angle or Phase Angle (α), Turn ON Methods- Thermal
Triggering; Illumination Triggering; Forward Voltage Triggering; dv/dt Triggering and Gate Triggering, Dynamic Characteristics of SCR- Turn
ON Characteristics of SCR, Static Losses and Switching Losses in Power Devices, SCR Gate Characteristics - Types of Gate Triggering; Pulsed
Triggering of SCR; Requirement of Gate Drive for SCR, Triggering Circuits - Gate Triggering Circuit; Requirements Firing Circuit; Half Wave
RC (Capacitance ) Firing Circuit; Full Wave RC (Capacitance ) Firing Circuit; Basic UJT Relaxation Oscillator; SCR Triggering using UJT; Pulse
Credit
Transformers; Pulse Amplifier Circuit; Gate Protection Circuit; Comparison of Triggering Circuit; SCR Triggering using PUT
02
Turn OFF Methods of SCR: Introduction to Turn off Methods - Turn Off Process, Turn Off Characteristics of SCR and Turn off Time (tq),
Concept of Commutation, Commutation Techniques- Natural and Forced Commutation, Conditions for Successful Commutation,
Classification of Forced Commutation Methods , Self-Commutation by Resonating the Load (Class A)- Load in Parallel with Capacitor; Load
in Series with the SCR; Drawbacks of Self Commutation Technique, Class B – Self Commutated by an LC Circuit; Complementary Voltage
Commutation (Class C Commutation )- Operation , Value of the Commutating Capacitor C, Modified Complementary Commutated Circuit
Auxiliary Voltage Commutation (Class D Commutation), Comparison between i) Natural and Forced Commutation ii) Voltage
Commutation and Current Commutation, iii) Self and Class D Commutation
05
Phase Controlled Rectifiers: Introduction to Phase Controlled Rectifiers - Concept of Firing Angle α and conduction angle Ø,
Classification of Controlled Rectifiers, Single Phase Half wave Controlled Rectifier(HWCR) - Operation and Analysis with Resistive Load and
Inductive (RL) Load; Effect of Freewheeling Diode in Controlled Rectifiers; Average Output Voltage of HWCR with RL Load; Rectifier
Operation (Single Quadrant Operation) and Drawbacks of HWCR, Semiconverter or Half Controlled Bridge (Full Wave ) - Operation with
Highly Inductive (RL)Load; Variation of Average Load Voltage with Single Quadrant Operation; Half Controlled Converter with
Freewheeling Diode (RL load); Operation with the Resistive Load (Symmetrical Configuration); Asymmetrical Configuration Operation (Half Credit
Controlled Converter); Comparison between Configurations of Semiconverter; Advantages and Disadvantages of Semiconverters,
03
Application, Phase Full Wave Controlled Rectifier -Mid-point Configuration; Operation with Resistive Load and Highly Inductive Load, Full
Converter or Bridge Rectifier- Operation of Full Converter with RL Load; Two Quadrant Operation of Full Converter (Rectifier and Inverter
Modes); Operation of Full Converter with Resistive Load, Bridge Configuration using Freewheeling Diode – Advantages; Disadvantages
and Application of Full Converter; Applications of Controlled Rectifiers; Comparison of Controlled HWR and Controlled FWR [No
derivation of formula is expected in this unit, Drawing of output waveforms in the end examination is not expected]
06
Polyphase Rectifiers – Need and Advantages of Polyphase Rectifiers; 3-phase Transformers ; Concepts of the Three phase Supply; Types
of polyphase Rectifiers, 3 Phase Halfwave Delta_Wye Rectifier- Operation with Inductive Load; Diode Currents with Resistive Load;
Performance parameters; Drawbacks of 3 phase Halfwave Rectifier, 3-phase Half wave Controlled Rectifier (HWCR)(three pulse
Converter)- Operation with RL (Inductive) Load and purely Resistive Load, Applications of polyphase Rectifiers [No derivation of formula is
expected, Drawing of output waveforms in the end examination is not expected]
07
08
Converters: Basic circuit and Operation of Choppers Using MOSFET, Classification of Choppers, Control Strategies of Choppers - Pulse
Width Modulation (PWM); Constant Pulse Width Variable Frequency; Variable Pulse Width and Frequency; Step Down ChopperPrinciple, Analysis; Basic Circuit and Operation Using MOSFET Chopper, Step Up Chopper- Expression for the Output Voltage and Step up
Chopper using MOSFET, Applications of a Chopper, Comparison of Step up and step Down Chopper, Concept of Inverter, Classification of
Inverter Based on the i)Nature of Source ii) Configuration of the Inverter iii) Nature of Output Waveform iv) Types of Commutation Circuit
v) Power Semiconductor Device Used, Half Bridge Inverter - Operation with Resistive Load and with Inductive Load, Performance
Parameters of Inverters - Harmonic Factor of nth Harmonics HFn; Total Harmonic Distortion (THD); Distortion Factor DF; Lowest Order Credit
04
Harmonic LOH; Cross Conduction or Shoot through Fault, Inverter Specifications, Applications of Inverters
Industrial Control Circuits: AC Power Flasher, Triac Control using Diac (AC phase Control )- Light Dimmer using Triac and Fan Regulator
using Triac, Simple Battery Charger with Battery Charging Regulator, Switch Mode Power Supply (SMPS)- Block Diagram; Complete
Switched Mode Regulator; Classification of SMPS; Types of Nonisolated Switching Regulators; Advantages, Disadvantages and Application
of SMPS, UPS- Need of UPS; Types of UPS; On Line UPS (Inverter Preferred ) or (Continuous) Off Line UPS (Line Preferred ) or Transfer UPS
System , Applications of UPS, Variable Frequency Drives- Concept, Operation and its Applications
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 87
1.
2.
Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14053-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14033-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
nd
Power Electronics,
2 Ed,
T14053 –RB1
M D Singh and K B Khanchandani
2006
Power Electronics: Principle & Applications,
1st Ed,
T14053 –RB2
Vithayathil
2010
Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications,
4th Ed,
T14053 –RB3
Muhammad H. Rashid
2013
1st Ed,
Fundamentals of Power Electronics,
T14053 –RB4
S. K. Bhattacharya
2005
Industrial and Power Electronics,
10th Ed,
T14053 –RB5
Harish C. Rai
reprint
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14053 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14053-WL1
9780070583894
McGraw-Hill
9780070702394
Tata McGraw-Hill
0133125904, 978-0133125900,
Prentice Hall of India
9788125918530,
Vikas Publishing House
8188114146 , 9788188114146
Umesh Publications
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 88
T14054: ELECTRICAL POWER TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14054
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Electrical Power Transmission and Distribution
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain Concept of Distributed R, L & C for Transmission Line
and Extra High Voltage Transmission

Identify the Main Components of Transmission and
Distribution Line

Determine Performance of the Line Based on Efficiency and
Regulation and Performance of Distributer with given
Parameters


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Basics of Transmissions
Transmission Line Components
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Transmission Line Parameters
Performance of Transmission Line
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Extra High Voltage Transmission
A.C Distribution System
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
Primary and Secondary Distribution Sub Station
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Basics of Transmissions: Introduction to Power System with Block Diagram, Typical Layout of Power System Types of Electricity
Transmission System, Classification of Transmission Line, Need of EHV Transmission
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Page 89
02
Transmission Line Components: Components in Transmission Line, Line Conductors- Stranded and Bundled Conductors, Classification and
Construction of Cable- Low Tension Cables; High Tension (H.T.) Cables; Super Tension Cable and Extra High Tension Cables, Cable LayingDirect Laying; Draw in System; Solid System, Cable Joining, Line Supports- Properties of Insulators; Steel Poles; R.C.C (Reinforced Cement
Concrete)/ PSC( Pre-stressed Concrete) Poles; Steel Towers; Rolled Steel joist (RSI) poles, Erection of Transmission Lines - Construction
Practice of Transmission Lines such as Survey of the Proposed Route; Pole Locations; Erection of Poles and Concreting; Erection of DP
Structure, Fixing of Cross-Arms and Top-brackets, Insulators and Bindings, Tying of Conductor on Pin Insulators, Conductor Erection Paving
and Jointing, Properties and Types of Line Insulators, Failure of Insulator, Distribution of Potential over a String of Suspension Insulator
with Mathematical Expression, String Efficiency, Methods of Improving String Efficiency, Spacing between Conductors, Span Lengths, SagCalculation of Sag; Supports are at Equal Ground Level; Supports are at Unequal Level; Effect of Wind and Ice Loading on Sag Calculation;
Sag Template and Stringing Chart [Simple Numerical Based on content Covered]
03
Transmission Line Parameters: Introduction to Transmission Line Constants, Effect of these Parameters on Efficiency and Regulation of
Transmission Line, Various Effects in Transmission Line - Skin Effect; Proximity Effect and Ferranti Effect, Transposition of Conductors,
Corona- Formation of Corona; Advantages and Disadvantages of Corona; Factors Affecting the Corona; Important Terms Related with
Corona; Methods of Reducing Corona; Electromagnetic Interference and Electrostatic Interference Due to Corona
04
Performance of Transmission Line: Classification of Transmission Line, Efficiency and Regulation of Transmission Line, Analysis of Short
Transmission Line, Effect of Load Power Factor on Performance of Transmission Line, Analysis of Medium Transmission Line- Nominal ‘T’
Method; Nominal ‘π (pi)' Method; End Condenser Method, Long Transmission Line, Generalized Constants of Transmission Line- Short
Transmission Line; Medium Transmission Line (Nominal ‘T' Method); Medium Transmission Line (Nominal ‘π (pi)' Method); Long
Transmission Lines [Simple Numerical Based on content Covered]
05
06
07
Credit
02
Extra High Voltage Transmission: Introduction and Definition of EHV, Necessity and Importance of EHV Transmission, Limitations of EHV
Transmission, EHVAC Transmission System, EHVDC Transmission System, Layout of H.V.D.C. Links- Monopolar H.V.D.C. Link; Bipolar H.V.D.C.
Link; Homopolar H.V.D.C. Link, Incorporation of H.V.D.C. link into AC System-Two Terminal DC Link for Point to Point Transmission; Long
Distance High Power Transmission; Under Water Transmission; DC Link in Parallel with AC Link; H.V.D.C Back to Back System, HVDC Line in Credit
Maharashtra
03
A.C Distribution System: Components of Distribution System, Classification of Distribution System- According to Nature of Supply such as
A.C. distribution and D.C. distribution system; According to Type of Construction; According to Method of Connection, Requirements of
Good Distribution System, Design Considerations, A. C. Distribution Calculations [Simple Numerical Based on content Covered]
Primary and Secondary Distribution Sub Station: Types of Substations according to Service Requirement and Constructional Features,
Comparison between Indoor and Outdoor Substation, Selection of Site for Substation, Symbols used for Equipment’s in Substation,
Equipment used in Substation- i) Circuit Breaker- Arc Formation Process; Methods of Arc Extinction; High Resistance Method (Blow out
Coils); Splitting of the Arc; Cooling of the Arc; Low Resistance or Zero Point Extinction; Concept of Arc Voltage; Re-striking Voltage and
Recovery Voltage, Classification of Circuit Breakers; Air Break Circuit Breaker, Oil Circuit Breaker and Minimum Oil Circuit Breaker ii)
Isolator AB Switches, iii) Transformer- Construction of Three Phase Transformers; Types of Three Phase Transformer; Three-Phase
Transformer Connections; Star-Star Connection; Delta-Delta Connection; Delta-Star Connection; Star-Delta Transformer, iv) Fuses - Semi
Enclosed or Rewirable Fuse; D-Type Cartridge Fuse; Link Type Fuses; Expulsion Type High Voltage Fuses; Dropout Fuses or Dropdown
Credit
Fuses; Striker Fuse; High Rupturing Capacity Fuses; Desirable Characteristics of Fuse Element ; Fuse Characteristics, v) Introduction to
04
Lightening Arresters- Causes of Over voltages; Lightening Arresters; Types of Lightening Arresters; Rod Gap Arrester; Horn Gap Arrester;
Expulsion Type Arrester; Valve Type Arrester (or Thynite Type Arrester), vi) Microprocessor Based Protective Relays with their Advantages
and Special Features - Protective Transformers; Current Transformers; Burden on CT; Magnetization Curve of CT; Voltage Transformer;
Burdens on Voltage Transform; Types of Construction of VT’s, vii)Introduction of Relay - Functions of Protective Relaying and Basic
Connection of Trip Circuit, Sequence of Operation among Circuit Breaker. Isolator and Earthing Switch, Types of Bus Bar and Arrangements
of Bus Bar in a Substation, Control Room, Control Panel, Cross Bracing, Guarding, Anti-climbing Devices, Distribution Box, Substation
Earthing System, Functions of Substation Earthing System, Step Potential and Touch Potential, Layout of Substation, Concept of AutoReclosures, Introduction to Gas Insulated Substation(GIS)
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14054-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14054-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Principals of Power System,
Reprint
81-219-2496-0
T14054 –RB1
V.K.Mehta & Rohit Mehta
2006
S.Chand
Electrical Power Distribution System,
4 August
0070151415, 978-0070151413
T14054 –RB2
V. Kamaraju
2009
McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd
Electric Power Transmission and Distribution,
9788131707913
T14054 –RB3
2009
S.Sivanagaraju, S.Satyanarayana
Pearson Education India
T14054 –RB4
Electric Power Generation: Transmission And Distribution
2nd
9788120335608
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 90
S. N. Singh
2011
Transmission & Distribution of Electrical Power
2013
J.B. Gupta
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14054 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14054-WL1
T14054 –RB5
PHP Learning
8185749574, 978-9350143629
S.K. Kataria & Sons
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 91
T14055: INDUSTRY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14055
Course Name
Industry Electrical Systems and Energy Conservation & Audit
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
TW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PART I: INDUSTRY ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Perform Testing of Electrical Installation and Evaluation

Select Appropriate Rating of Accessories required for
Installation

Analyse and Select Appropriate Methods for Estimation and
Costing

DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Credit
Block
Drawing and I.E Rules: Classification and Requirements of Electrical Installation, List of Symbols, Classification of Drawings, Definitions, I.E.
Rules, standards and Certifications Related to Electrical Installation and Testing
Service Connection: Components of Distribution System, Classification of Distribution System, Service Connection and its Types, Service
02
Mains, Difference between Overhead and Underground Service Connection, Material Required for Underground Service
Credit
01
Electrification of Residential Installation: Guidelines for Wiring of Residential Installation, Positioning of Equipments, Principles of Circuit
Design in Lighting and Power Circuits, Procedure for Designing the Circuits, Method of Drawing Electrical Diagrams, Selection of Types of
03
Wiring, Load Calculation and Selection of Size of Conductor, Selection of Rating of Main Switch and Protective Switch Gear, Earthing of
Residential Installation, Earthing of Domestic Appliances, Sequence to be Followed for Preparing Estimate
01
Electrification of Commercial Installation: Power Distribution Arrangement, Fundamental Consideration of Planning of an Electrical
04 Installation System for Commercial Building, Design Consideration of Electrical Installation System for Commercial Building, Sequence to be
Followed to Prepare Estimation
Electrification of Industrial Installation: Concept of Motor Wiring Circuit , Important Guidelines about Power Wiring and Motor Wiring,
05 Design Consideration, Sequence to be Followed to Prepare Estimation, Equipments Used for Measurement of High Resistance, Control Panel
Wiring, Testing of Installation
Credit
Contracts, Tenders and Execution: Contract, Essential Requirement of Valid Contract , Types of Engineering Contract , Criteria for Selecting
02
Contractor and Supplier, Tender, Classification of Tender or Invitation of Tender, Tender Notice, Step by Step Procedure Followed by
06
Contractor in Preparing Tender Document, Procedure of Submission of Tender Document, Procedure of Opening Tendering Document,
Technical Sanctions, Payment to Contractor or Supplier , Measurement and Validation Protocol
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 92
Credit
Block
UN Name of the Practical Activity
01
Prepare Detailed Electrical Estimation with Wiring Diagram for Residential Consumers Like Small
Bungalow or House
02
Read and Interpret Detailed Electrical Estimation with Wiring Diagram for any one of the Commercial
Consumers : Malls, Banks
03
Read and Interpret Detailed Electrical Estimation with Wiring Diagram for any one of the Commercial
Consumers: Hospitals, Commercial Complex
04
Prepare Detailed Electrical Estimation for Agricultural consumer: Jet Pump
05
Prepare Detailed Electrical Estimation for Agricultural consumers Submersible Pump
06
Prepare Detailed Electrical Estimation with Wiring Diagram for Commercial Building or Floor Mill
07
Read and Interpret Detailed Electrical Estimation for Small and Medium Industrial Consumers. Draw
Single Line Diagram and Circuit Diagram
08
Prepare Detailed Electrical Installation and layout preparation of College Campus.
09
Prepare Detailed Electrical Installation and layout preparation of Factory or Workshop
10
Prepare i) Tender Documents ii) Billing following Appropriate Procedure on any of the topic
Credit 01
Credit 02
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14055-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14055-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14055 -RB1
A Course in Electrical Installation, Estimating & Costing
J.B.Gupta
Reprint 2015
9789350142790
S K Kataria & Sons
T14055–RB2
Electrical Design Estimating and Costing
K.B.Raina S.K.Bhattacharya
First Reprint
2014
81-224-0363-8
New Age International
T14055–RB3
Electrical Wiring Estimating and Costing
S.L.UPPAL , G.C GARG
6th
9788174092403
Khanna Publishers Delhi
T14055–RB4
T14055–RB5
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14055 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14055-WL1
T14055-WL2
PART II: ENERGY CONSERVATION & AUDIT
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Calculate Energy Use and Analyze How Changing Their
Behaviors and Appliances will affect the Energy their use

Describe Methods of Energy Audit

Select Proper Energy Conservation Equipment as per the
Application holder in Business Environment

Work as Energy Manager after passing BEE Examination


DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Page 93
01
02
03
04
Energy Conservation: Need of Energy Conservation, Energy Conservation Act-2001, Functions of Government Organizations such as
National Productivity Councils (NPC), Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Functions of BEE, Maharashtra Energy
Development Agency (MEDA)
Energy Conservation in Lighting System: Introduction to Illumination System-Terminology, Recommended Luminance Levels, Purpose
and Pre Measurement Preparation for Assessing the Existing Lighting System, Energy Conservation Techniques in Lighting System- By
Replacing Lamp Sources such as Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL), High Intensity Discharge (HID) Lamps, Light Emitting Diode (LED), Using
Energy Efficient Luminaires Fitting, Using Light Control Gears, By installation of Separate Transformer / Servo Stabilizer for Lighting,
Periodic Survey and Adequate Maintenance Program - Re-Lamping and Cleaning with their Advantages, Energy Conservation Techniques
in Fan, Electronic Regulator
Credit
01
Energy Conservation Techniques in Electrical Motor : Necessity of Energy Conservation in Electrical Motor, Various Energy Conservation
Techniques in Induction Motor- Improving Power Quality; Motor Survey; Matching Motor; Minimizing Idle and Redundant Running of
Motor; Operating in Star Mode; Rewinding of Motor; Improving Mechanical Power and Transmission Efficiency, Energy Efficient Motors Comparison of Conventional Motors with Energy Efficient Motors; Energy Saving Estimation
Energy Conservation in Transmission and Distribution System:
Energy Conservation Techniques in Transmission and Distribution System- i) Related to Technical Losses - By Reducing I2R Losses; By
Compensating Reactive Power Flow; System Voltage Optimization and Phase Current Balancing; By using Energy Efficient Transformer, ii)
Related to Commercial Losses - Mitigation of Power Theft; Faulty Meter Replacement; Prepaid Metering; Bill Collection Facility; Reduce
Debits; Energy Audit Schemes; Distribution System Mapping
05
Relation between Tariff and Energy Conservation: Terms involved in Tariff such as Units Consumed, Connected Load, Fixed Charges,
Electricity Tax, Electricity Duty, Tariff Structure, Fuel Surcharge, Objectives of Tariff System, Tariff Structure or Types of Tariff- Flat Demand
and Simple Tariff; Flat , Step, Block , Two Part and Three Part Tariff Rate, Specific Tariffs - Time of Day; Peak Off day; Maximum Demand
Tariff; Load Factor Tariff Table , Power Factor Tariff - kVA Maximum Demand Tariff; kWh and kVARh Tariff; Sliding Scale Tariff , Application
of Tariff System to Reduce Energy Bill- By Time of Usage (ToU) Tariff; By Power Factor Tariff ; By Load Factor Tariff [Simple Numerical
Based on Power Factor and Load Factor Tariff ]
06
Energy Conservation by Cogeneration: Need for Cogeneration, Classification of the Cogeneration System- i)On the Basis of Sequence of
Energy use ii)Topping Cycle iii)Bottoming Cycle, Classification of the Cogeneration System on the Basis of Technology- Steam Turbine
Cogeneration System (Back Pressure and Extraction Condensing); Gas Turbine Cogeneration System (Open Cycle and Closed Cycle);
Reciprocating Engine Cogeneration System(Spark Ignition and Compression Ignition), Factors Governing the Selection of Cogeneration
System, Advantages of Cogeneration
07
Energy Conservation Equipment: About Energy Conservation Equipment, Energy Conservation Equipment’s Related to Lighting System- Credit
Centralized Control Equipment; Occupancy Sensors / Motion Detectors(PIR, Ultrasonic and Microphonics / Microsonic Sensors); Control
02
Gears (Dimmers, Regulators and Stabilizers), Energy Conservation Equipment’s Related to Electric Motor- i) Soft Starters, Advantages of
'Soft Starter' Compared to ‘DOL Starter' and Voltage Control ii) Power Factor Controller- Bulk Correction / Centralized Compensation
(APFC) and Static Capacitor iii) Automatic Star-Delta Starter-Principles of "ADLS" Operation and its limitations iv) Principles of operation of
Autotransformer Starter v)Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs)- Working, Applications and Benefits of VFDs, Energy Conservation
Equipment’s in Transmission and Distribution System-Maximum Demand Controller; Automatic Power Factor Controller- Voltage Control
and kVAr Controller
08
Energy Audit: Energy Flow Diagrams and its Significance , Energy Audit Instruments and their use, Prepare Questionnaire for Energy Audit
Projects, ABC Analysis, Energy Audit Procedure- Walk through Audit; Detailed Audit; Audit Procedure, Payback Period and its Payback
Period Calculation
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
01
To Collect the Information about Energy Conservation Act from IEE 2003 and Prepare a Report on it.
02
To Collect of Information and Prepare a Report on role of Energy Manager and Energy Auditor
03
To Collect of information and Prepare report on Rating, Luminous Output, Cost, List of Manufacturers
of Various types of Energy Efficient Luminaries (FTL, CFL, LED, Sodium Vapour, HPMV etc.)
04
To Prepare report on Techno-economic performance comparison of Compact Fluorescent Lamps (CFL)
with Light Emitting Diodes (LED), Electrode Less Fluorescent Lamps (EEFL), Fluorescent Tubes,
Incandescent Bulbs
05
To Collect the Standard tariff rates and suggest suitable tariff for given industry/ Lab/ Institute/
Commercial establishment
06
To Perform Comparative study of Energy Efficient Control Gears and Ballasts used in Lighting
System on the basis of Energy Efficiency, Energy Saving, Life, and Saving in Energy Bill
07
To Prepare a report by visiting to any one of organizations such as Hospitals, Workshops, Institutes,
Commercial Building, Residential Building etc. where Energy Conservation Program is implemented
08
To perform energy audit using various energy audit instruments available for measurement of
electrical, mechanical and thermal energy parameters, and prepare a report as a case study for
Residential complex or own house. Suggest Energy Efficient Lighting Systems for flat or home.
Credit
Block
Credit 01
Credit 02
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Page 94
09
To perform energy audit using various energy audit instruments available for measurement of
electrical, mechanical and thermal energy parameters, and prepare a report as a case study for
Small Workshop or Small Scale Industry. Suggest Energy Efficient Lighting Systems for Small Scale
Industry.
10
To perform energy audit using various energy audit instruments available for measurement of
electrical, mechanical and thermal energy parameters, and prepare a report as a case study for
Public Hospital or Doctor’s Clinic. Suggest Energy Efficient Lighting Systems for Hospital.
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14055-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14055-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Energy Management Handbook,
8th ed
1466578289 , 978-1466578289
T14055-RB1
Wayne C. Turner,
2012
Fairmont Press
T14055-RB2
Handbook on Energy Audit and Environment Management,
Y P Abbi
T14055-RB3
Electric Energy: Generation, Utilization and Conservation,
S. Sivanagaraju, M. Balasubba Reddy, D. Srilatha
T14055-RB4
Art & Science of Utilization of Electrical Energy,
H. Partab,
2006
8131798771, 9788131798775
Pearson Education India
2013
Energy Efficient Motors,
2001
Dr. B E Kushare
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14055-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
1) http://www.beeindia.in/energy_managers_auditors/ema.php?id=4
2) Comparative study of energy saving light sources (PDF Download
T14055-WL1
Available).
Available
from:
http://www.researchgate.net/publication/264497456_Comparative_st
udy_of_energy_saving_light_sources
T14055-RB4
9788179930922
Teri Press
EBK0009854
Dhanpat Rai & Sons , New Delhi,
BY BEE
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 95
T14056: MICROCONTROLLER AND POWER ELECTRONICS
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
02. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14056
Course Name
Microcontroller and Power Electronics
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PART I: MICROCONTROLLER
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand Hardware of Microcontroller

Interface with Peripheral Devices

Develop Programmes using Instruction Set

Understand Steps involved in Execution of Microcontroller
Programmes


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14052: Microcontroller
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14052: Microcontroller
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 10 Activities)
Credit
Block
[Perform Any 5 Activities]
01
Introduction of Microcontroller Kit
02
Write a Program for Addition of two 8 bit numbers in Microcontroller
03
Write a Program for Subtraction of two 8 bit numbers in Microcontroller
04
Write a Program for Multiplication of two 8 bit numbers in Microcontroller
05
Write a Program for Division of two 8 bit numbers in Microcontroller
06
Write a Program to find the Maximum Value in the given Array
07
Write a Program to arrange the given data in Ascending Order
Credit 01
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Page 96
08
Write a Program to find the Square Root of the given Data
[Perform Any 5 Activities]
09
Develop a Program to Interface LED with Microcontroller and make LED ON and OFF with a Key Press
10
Develop a Programme to Interface 7-Segment Display with Microcontroller and Design Up/Down
Counter on it
11
12
Develop a Programme to Interface Stepper Motor
Develop a Programme to Interface ADC
13
Develop a Programme to Interface DAC
14
Write a Programme using Timer0 to Create a 10khz Square Wave on I/O Port
15
Develop a Programme to Interface DC motor control
Develop a Programme to Interface Matrix Keyboard
16
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14056-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
th
PIC Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using Assembly and c for 15
9788131716755, 9788131716755
T14052-TB1
PIC18,
Impression
Pearson Education
Muhammad Ali Mazidi, Rolind D Mckinlay, Danny Causey
2014
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14052 -RB1
PIC Microcontrollers - Programming in C,
Milan Verle
978-86-84417-17-8
mikroElektronika; 1st edition (2009)
T14052–RB2
T14052–RB3
T14052 –RB4
T14052–RB5
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14056 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14056-WL1
PART II: POWER ELECTRONICS
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Observe, Draw and Interpretation Characteristics and the
Output Waveforms of Power Devices

Select, Connect and Handle carefully various Power
Electronics Devices


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14053: Power Electronics
02 Course Content Covered in T14053: Power Electronics
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 97
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity [Perform Any 10 Activities)
Credit
Block
[Perform any 5 Activities]
01
To Study and Plot the V-I characteristic of SCR
02
To Study and Plot V-I characteristics of DIAC
03
To Study and Plot V-I characteristics of TRIAC
04
To Study and Plot V-I characteristics of IGBT
05
Experimentally find out Latching and Holding Current of SCR
06
To Study the Effect of variation of R, C in R and RC Triggering Circuits on Firing Angle of SCR.
07
To Study and Draw the Output Waveforms Half-Wave Controlled Rectifier with R & RL load
Credit 01
[Perform any 5 Activities]
08
To study and Draw the Output Waveforms Full-Wave Controlled Rectifier (mid-point configuration)
with R & RL load
09
To Draw the Output Waveform of Full Wave Controlled Rectifier with Freewheeling Diode and
Determine Load Voltage( for R /RL load)
10
To Study and Draw the Output Waveforms of Three Phase Half Wave Rectifier using Diodes
11
Demonstration on any one of the Turn OFF Methods of SCR
12
13
Demonstration on a Three Phase Half Wave Controlled Rectifier
Demonstration on a Single Phase Inverter
14
Demonstration on a Light Dimmer Circuit Using Diac and Triac
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14056-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14056-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Power Electronics,
2nd Ed,
9780070583894
T14053 –RB1
M D Singh and K B Khanchandani
2006
McGraw-Hill
Power Electronics: Principle & Applications,
1st Ed,
9780070702394
T14053 –RB2
Vithayathil
2010
Tata McGraw-Hill
Power Electronics: Circuits, Devices and Applications,
4th Ed,
0133125904, 978-0133125900,
T14053 –RB3
Muhammad H. Rashid
2013
Prentice Hall of India
st
9788125918530,
Fundamentals of Power Electronics,
1 Ed,
T14053 –RB4
2005
Vikas Publishing House
S. K. Bhattacharya
Industrial and Power Electronics,
10th Ed,
8188114146 , 9788188114146
T14053 –RB5
Harish C. Rai
reprint
Umesh Publications
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14056 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14056-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 98
SEMESTER 06
T14061: INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V62: Diploma in Mechanical Engineering
02. V63: Diploma in Electronics and Telecommunication Engineering
03. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14061
Course Name
Industrial Management
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain the principles and function of management

Describe importance of management process and Forms of
ownership in Business

Explain need and importance of Safety in Industries,
Legislative Acts, HRM, Financial Management, Material
Management and Quality Improvement Techniques



Understand Responsibilities & Expectations from Diploma
holder in Business Environment
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
02
Credit
Block
Overview of Business: Introduction to Types of Business related to Service, Manufacturing and Trade, Introduction to Industrial Sectors
like Engineering Industry; Process Industry; Textile Industry; Chemical Industry; Agro Industry; IT Industry; Banking Sector; Insurance
Sector; Retailing Sector; Hospitality Sector/Industry; Health Care Industry, Introduction to Globalization, Impact of Impact of Liberalisation,
Privatisation, Globalization (LPG) Policy, Advantages and Disadvantages of Globalization
Credit
Management Process: Evolution and Definitions of Management, Concept and Levels of Management, Administration, Management and
01
Organization, Scientific Management by F.W. Taylor, Principle of Management (14 Principles of Henry Fayol), Various Functions of
Management like Planning, Organizing, Authority and Responsibility, Coordinating, Directing, Leadership, Controlling and Decision Making
03
Organizational Management: Definition and Principle of Organization, Steps in Forming Organization, Organization Structure, Types of
Organization- Line Organization; Line and Staff Organization; Functional Organization; Project Organization, Departmentation -Centralized
and Decentralization; Authority and Responsibility; Span of Control; Delegation; Balance, Stability and Flexibility; Communication, Forms
and Ownerships- Proprietorship; Partnership; Joint Stock Company; Co-operative Society; Government Sector (Public Sector), Private
Limited, Public Limited Companies and Public Undertaking Companies
04
Industrial Safety and Legislative Awareness: Safety Management related to Causes of Accidents, Types of Industrial Accidents, Preventive Credit
02
Measures and Safety Procedures, Industrial Legislation and its Necessity- Indian Factory Act; Workman Compensation Act; Minimum
Wages Act, Definitions and Provisions of the Act, Authorities under the Act and their Powers, Pollution Control Act and environmental
Preservation Act,
Introduction to Commercial Terms - Quotation, Enquiries, PO; Payment Terms, Pricing, Delivery Terms, Insurance Aspects, Warranty, Bank
Guarantee, Third party inspection, Earnest Money Deposit(EMD); Demurrages; Exports related Terminology or documents used for
export/import transaction - Bill of Exchange(BOE), Air Way Bill(AWB), Penalty/LD
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 99
05
Supervisory Skills: Daily Resources Planning, Work Allocation, Skill Matrix Mapping, Result and Performance Evaluation, Data Gathering
Credit
of KPI (Key Performance Indicators), Liaison with Other Departments, Productivity, Housekeeping, Shop-floor Inventory, Shop-floor
03
Rejection / Wastage/ Scrap, Customer Inspection; Training Needs of Persons etc
06
Financial Management: Objectives and Functions of Financial Management, Capital Generation and Management-Types and Sources of
Capitals, Production Budget and Labour Budget, Concept of Profit and Loss Account, Concept of Balance Sheet, Financial Terms involved
with Definitions, Introduction to Various Taxes with their meaning and examples - Excise Duty; Service Tax; Income Tax; VAT; Custom Duty
07
08
Materials Management: Meaning and Objectives of Inventory Management, ABC Analysis Concept and its Graphical Representation,
Introduction and Graphical Representation and Determination of Economic Order Quantity, Purchase Procedure- Objectives of Purchasing;
Functions or Duties of Purchasing Department; Standard Steps in Purchasing; Material Requisition Format; Purchase Order Format,
Modern Techniques of Material Management- Material Requirement Planning (MRP); Functions of MRP; Inputs to MRP; Benefits of MRP,
Enterprise Resource Planning
Credit
Quality Management: Definition of Quality, Concept of Quality, Activities and Benefits Quality Management System, Functions of
04
Quality Control, Objectives and Advantages of Quality Control, Characteristics of Quality Circle, Quality Assurance, Meaning of Total
Quality and TQM- Principles; Concept of Components of TQM; Elements and Benefits of TQM, Modern Technique and Systems of Quality
Management- Introduction to i)Kaizen, ii) 5 'S', iii) Six Sigma, iv) Restriction of Hazardous Substance (ROHS)- compliance to this directive is
required for exporting to EU, v) CE Marking (Conformite Europeenne)- an European Proof of Confirmity, vi)Value Engineering, ISO
9001:2000- Main Clauses of ISO 9001:2000 Standards and its Benefits
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14061-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14061-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Industrial Engineering and Management,
17th,
818992835X, 9788189928353
T14061 –RB1
O. P. Khanna
2010
Dhanpat Rai Publications
Industrial Organisation & Engineering Economics,
24th
9788174090789, 8174090789
T14061 –RB2
T.R. Banga and S.C. Sharma
Khanna Publishers
Essentials of Management,
4th
9780132863377, 0132863375
T14061 –RB3
Joseph L. Massie
Prentice Hall
Industrial Engineering and Management,
8186308369, 978-8186308363
T14061 –RB4
2005
Dr. S. Dalela and Dr. Mansoor Ali
Standard Publishers Distributors
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14061 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14061-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 100
T14062: SWITCHGEAR & PROTECTION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14062
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Switchgear & Protection
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain Need and Function of Various Components of
Switchgear and Protection System

Describe Operation and Use of Various Types of Circuit
Interrupting Devices and Protective Relaying

Select an Appropriate Switchgear and Protection Scheme for
a Particular Application


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
Fundamental of Protective System
Circuit Interrupting Devices
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
03
04
Protection of Alternator
Protection of Transformer
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Protection of Motor
Protective Relaying
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
07
08
09
Protection of Bus Bar and Transmission Line
Neutral Earthing
Over Voltage Protection
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer '1 of 1' SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Credit
Block
Fundamental of Protective System: Functions of Protective System, Power System Faults-Normal and Abnormal Conditions; Reasons of
Credit
Fault Occurrence; Types of Faults, Effects of Faults on Power System, Faults Statistics, Essential Qualities of Protection, Steps to Calculate
01
Systematical Short Circuit Current and Short Circuit k VA, Current Limiting Reactors with Classification
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 101
02
Circuit Interrupting Devices: Introduction to Circuit Interrupting Devices- Fuses; Semi Enclosed or Rewirable Fuse; High Rupturing Capacity
(H.R.C.) Fuses, Characteristics of Fuse Element, Fuse Characteristics, Definitions of terms - Rated Current; Minimum Fusing Current;
Fusing Factor; Prospective Current; Cut-off Current; Pre-arcing Time or Melting Time; Arcing Time; Total Operating Time and
Rupturing Capacity (Breaking Capacity), Isolators and its Types of Construction, Earthing Switch, Fault Statistics- Oscillogram of Current
and Voltage during the Fault Clearing; Arc Formation Process, Methods of Arc Extinction- Higher Resistance Method (Blow out Coil) and
Low Resistance or Zero Point Extinction, Definition of Arc Voltage, Restriking Voltage and Recovery Voltage, Circuit BreakersClassification, Working principle, Construction, Specification and Applications of i) Air Break Circuit Breaker ii) Miniature Circuit Breaker
(MCB) iii) Moulded Case Circuit Breaker (MCCB) iv) Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker (ELCB) v) Air Blast Circuit Breaker, Sulphur Hexafluoride
(SF6) Circuit Breaker- Properties of SF6 Gas; Single Pressure Puffer Type SF6 Circuit Breaker; Merits and Demerits of SF6 Circuit Breaker;
Typical Rating of SF6 Insulated Switchgear, Oil Circuit Breakers- Plain Break Oil and Low Oil Circuit Breakers (MOCB), Vacuum Circuit
Breakers (VCB), Selection of Circuit Breaker, Rating of Circuit Breakers- Breaking Capacity; Making Capacity; Short Time Rating; Normal
Current Rating, Problem of Circuit Interruption -Rate of Rise of Restriking Voltage; Current Chopping; Resistance Switching
03
Protection of Alternator: Abnormalities and Faults in Alternator, Percentage Differential Protection of Alternator, Restricted Earth Fault
Protection, Over Current and Earth Fault Protection for Generator Backup, Sensitive Earth Fault Protection, 100% Stator Earth Fault
Protection, Inter Turn Fault Protection- When the Stator Winding has Only One Paths and two Parallel Paths, Negative Sequence
Protection of Generators against Unbalanced Load, Over Heating Protection, Reverse Power Protection
04
Protection of Transformer: Selection of Protection Scheme for a Power Transformer, Abnormalities and Remedies of Power Transformer,
Buchholz relay, Earth-fault or Leakage Protection or Core Balance Protection, Biased Differential Protection, Percentage Differential
Protection of Power Transformer – Limitations in Differential Protection; CT Connection; CT Ratios; Percentage Differential Protection
Scheme, Earth Fault Protection- Residually Connected Earth Fault Relay and Earth Fault Relay Connected in Neutral to Earth Circuit,
Restricted Earth Fault Protection, Over Current Protection of Power Transformer, Thermal Over-Heating Protection, Pressure Release Valve
(PRV)
05
Credit
02
Protection of Motor: Abnormalities and Faults in Three Phase Induction Motor, Requirements of Motor Protection, Protection of Three
Phase Induction Motor against i) Low Voltage (up to 1000 V) ii) Short Circuit iii) Overload Protection, Single Phasing Preventer
06
Protective Relaying: Functions of Protective Relaying, Basic Connection of Trip Circuit , Method of Primary and Back up Protection, Quality
Requirements of Protective Relaying, Relay Timings, Definition of Important Terms- Pickup; Reset; Drop off/Pick up ratio; Instantaneous
Relays; Inverse Time Relay; Definite Time Lag Relay; Current setting; Plug Setting Multiplier; Time setting Multiplier, Types of RelayElectromagnetic Relays; Induction Relays; Static Relays , Microprocessor Based Relay- Advantages and Special Features of Microprocessor Credit
03
Based Protective Relay, Current Transformers- Burden on CT; Magnetization Curve of CT; Accuracy Class, Voltage or Potential Transformer Burdens on Voltage Transformer; Types of Construction of VT’s; Errors in Instrument Transformer, Over Current Protection - Applications
and Relays used in Over-Current Protection; Induction Type Over-Current Relay; Static Over-Current Relays; Microprocessor Based Over
Current Relays, Distance Relaying- Principle and Operation of i)Definite Distance Relaying ii)Time Distance Relay iii) MHO Relay,
Construction and Operation of Directional Relay (Reverse Power Relay), Operation of Differential Relays- Current Differential Relay and
Voltage Balance Differential Relay, Introduction of Numerical Relays
07
Protection of Bus bar and Transmission Line: Abnormalities and Faults of Transmission lines, Bus Bar Protection -Differential Protection
Credit
and Fault Bus Protection, Protection of Transmission Line- Requirements; Methods of Transmission Line Protection- i) Time Graded over
04
current Protection ii)Differential Protection iii) Distance Protection iv) Phase Comparison Protection
08
Neutral Earthing: Concept of Neutral Grounding or Neutral Earthing, Disadvantages of Ungrounded Systems, Advantages of Neutral
Grounding, Type of Grounding or Earthing- Ungrounded System; Solid or Effective Earthing; Resistance Earthing; Reactance Earthing;
Resonant Earthing, Earthing Transformer, Substation Earthing System with different parts and Functions, Step and Touch Potential,
Equipotential Grounding
09
Over Voltage Protection: Concept of Voltage Surge , Causes of Over Voltages such as Internal Causes, Lightening, Protection against
Lightening- Earthing Screen; Overhead Ground Wires; Lighting Arresters, Types of Lighting Arresters with construction and Principle of
Operation such as Rod Gap, Horn Gap, Expulsion Type and Valve Type Arrester, Surge Absorber- Definition and working with neat diagram,
Insulation Co-ordination- Need; Volt Time Curve; Basic Impulse Insulation Level (BIL)
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14062-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14062-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Switchgear Protection And Power Systems,
13th
9788174092328,
T14062 –RB1
Sunil S Rao
2014
Khanna Publishers
Power System Protection and Switchgear,
1st Reprint
007107774X, 9780071077743
T14062 –RB2
Badri Ram
2011
Tata McGraw-Hill Education
Text Book on Power System Engineering,
8177000209, 978-8177000207
T14062–RB3
2008
A. Chakrabarti , P. V. Gupta , Soni Ml
Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 102
Electrical Power Systems,
Reprint
Wadhwa, C L
Apr, 2014
Switchgear and Power System Protection,
T14062 –RB5
2009
Ravindra P. Singh
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14062 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14062-WL1
T14062 –RB4
978-81-224-2839-1
New Age Publications
8120336607, 9788120336605
PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 103
T14063: ELECTRICAL TESTING AND MAINTENANCE
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14063
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Electrical Testing and Maintenance
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand the Concept of Preventive and Routine
Maintenance, Concept of Safety, Principle of Stable
Operation of Electrical Machines

Use detailed guidelines as per I.S. Codes and I.E. Rules for
Testing, Maintenance, Erection and Installation of Electrical
Equipment’s (Latest)


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Safety Measures and Prevention of Accidents
Testing of Electrical Machines-1
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
Testing of Electrical Machines-2
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
04
05
Maintenance of Electrical Machines
Testing and Reconditioning of Insulating Materials
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
07
Fault Finding & Trouble Shooting of Electrical Machines
Installation and Earthing of Electrical Machines
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
02
DETAIL SYLLABUS
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Safety Measures and Prevention of Accidents: Concept of Electric Safety, Electric Accidents, its Causes and Preventions- Definitions of
Terminology used in Safety; Electric Accident (Meaning and Reasons) and how can be Avoided; Precaution to be taken by every House
Holder using Electricity for Domestic Purpose and Appliances, Safety Signs and Symbols Used in Industries, I.E. Act and Statutory
Regulation for Safety of Persons and Equipments working with Electrical Installation, Electric Shock – Reasons; Factors Affecting the
Severity of Shock and Body Resistance (R); Action to be taken when person gets an Electrical Shock; Cure of Electric Shock (Rescuing
Electrocute Person); Different Methods of Artificial Respiration; Precaution to be taken while Working on Electrical Installation; Concept
of Permit System; Causes of Fire due to Electrical Faults and Precautions to be taken-Attack on the Fire; Types of different Fire
Extinguishers; Advantages of CO2 Extinguisher over other types; Operation of Fire Extinguisher
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 104
02
Testing of Electrical Machines-1: Importance of Testing, Roles of Bureau of Indian Standards in Testing of Electrical Equipment (Objectives
of ISS), Tests on Electrical Machines Before Commissioning, Methods of Testing - Brake Test (Direct test on DC Machine); Calibrated
Machine Test (Direct test on DC Machine); Swinburne’s Test (No Load in Direct Method); Back to Back Test (Regenerative/ Hopkinson’s
Test), Concept of Tolerance, Testing of Transformer (IS 2026)- Testing of Transformer as per IS 2026; Routine Tests- Measurement of D.C.
Resistance of Winding; Measurement of Voltage Ratio and Check of Voltage Vector Relationship (Polarity Test and Phasing-out Test); Credit
Measurement of No load and Magnetizing Current; Measurement of Impedance and Load Loss (Cu Loss); Measurement of Insulation
01
Resistance; Dielectric Tests: (Special Test); Test on No Load Tap-changers, Type Tests -Temperature Rise Test; Back to Back (Sumpner’s Test)
(for two Identical 1-phase Transformers) (Regenerative test); Back to Back Test (Sumpner’s Test) on 3-phase Transformer Test; Back to Back
(Sumpner’s Test) Test on Two Y-Y Connected Transformers
03
Testing of Electrical Machines-2: Testing of 3-phase Induction Motors using Routine Tests and Type Tests, Routine Tests in DetailsInsulation Resistance Test; Measurement of D.C. Resistance of a 3-phase Induction Motor; High Voltage Test; No Load Running of Motor
and Reading of Current in the Three phases and Voltage; Open Circuit Voltage Ratio Test; Locked Rotor readings of Voltage, Current and
Power Input at Suitable Reduced Voltage; Reduced Voltage Running Up Test; Measurement of Slip, Type Tests in Details-Temperature Rise
Test; Momentary Overload Test; Effect of Variation of Voltage and Frequency on the Performance of Electric Machines; Behaviour of 3
phase Induction Motor Under Abnormal Frequency, Vector Diagram and Equivalent Circuit of a 3 Phase Induction Motor- Vector Diagram;
Equivalent Circuit of Induction Motor; Examples on Equivalent Circuit, Circle Diagram of a 3 phase Induction Motor- Test to Draw Circle
Diagram; How to Draw the Circle Diagram ?; How to get maximum Quantities from the Circle Diagram?, Testing of Single Phase Induction
Motors- Types i) Resistance Split Phase Motor ii) Capacitor Split Phase Motors iii) Shaded Pole Type Motor, Use of Thermal Relay
(Thermostat) for Protecting the Motor, Use of Reversing Switch for Changing the Direction of Rotation, Testing of Single Phase Induction
Motor- Insulation Resistance Test; High Voltage Test; No Load Test; Block Motor Test; Quiet Running Test, Type Tests- Temperature Rise
Test; Momentary Overload Test; Load Test; Moisture Ingrace Test; Leakage Current Test; Pull out torque test, Testing of Synchronous
Machines- Explanation of Open Circuit and short Circuit Test/ Emf Method/ Synchronous Impedance Methods of Finding Voltage Credit
Regulation, Loss Measurement of Synchronous Machine; Temperature Rise Test; Over speed Test on Synchronous Motor, H.V. Testing,
02
Insulation Resistance Test, Waveform Deviation and Distortion Factors, DC and AC Resistance of Armature and Field Winding
Measurements, Dielectric Test on Armature (Stator) and Field (Rotor) Windings, Phase Sequence, Synchronising Circuit Testing (Need and
Condition for Satisfactory Parallel Operation), Procedure of Synchronising, Dark Lamp Method of Synchronising, Drawback of Dark Lamp
Method, One Dark Two Equally Bright Lamp Method of Synchronising, Synchroscope, Testing of Voltage Regulators and Excitation Circuit
Testing, Voltage Recovery Test, Retardation Test, Parallel Operation of 3 Phase Transformers- Need and Condition for Satisfactory Parallel
Operation of Single Phase Transformers, Factors affecting the Parallel Operation, Procedure of Checking the Polarity of 3 Phase
Transformers before Parallel Operation, Connection of T1 and T2 in Parallel for Y and Y Vector Group 3, Thing are to be Checked Prior to
Paralleling, Open Delta or V-V Connection - Concept of Open Delta or V-V Connection, Situation in which V-V Connection is Used,
Advantages and Disadvantages of V-V Connections, Parallel Operation of Alternators- Synchronising Action, Effect of Change in Speed,
Effect of Inequality of EMF/ Unequal Voltage, Effect of Change in Excitation, Effect of Change in Input to Prime-movers (Change in Steam
Supply and Change in Mechanical Torque), Control of Active Reactive Power and Power Factor, Effect of Failure of Field and Prime Mover,
Synchronising Power [Numerical based on content covered]
04
Maintenance of Electrical Machines: Importance of Preventive Maintenance for Motors, Generators and Transformers, Concept of
Routine Maintenance, Preventive Maintenance and Breakdown Maintenance, Comparison between Preventive Maintenance and
Breakdown Maintenance, Routine and Breakdown Maintenance of Electrical Equipment, Frequency of Inspection, Procedure of
Developing Preventive Maintenance Schedule, Factors Affecting Preventive Maintenance Schedule, Concept of ‘Total Productive
Maintenance’, Causes of Failure of Electric Machines (Internal and External Causes), Identification of Different Types of Faults Developed Credit
such as Mechanical Faults, Electrical Faults and Magnetic Faults, Factors of Affecting Life of Transformer- Maintenance Schedule for
03
Transformer of Capacities i) less than 1000 KVA ii)more than 1000 KVA and iii) Routine Preventive Maintenance of Transformers,
Preventive Maintenance of Induction Motor-Objectives of Maintenance; Effect of absence of Maintenance; Maintenance Schedule
(Planned Schedule), Preventive maintenance of induction Motor and its Activities, Maintenance Schedule for Synchronous Machines,
Batteries (Lead Acid and Alkaline) and their Maintenance
05
Testing and Reconditioning of Insulating Materials: Properties of Insulating Materials, Classification of Insulating Materials as per IS 1271,
Factors Affecting Life of Insulating Material, Measurement of Insulation Resistance- By Using Megger; Insulation Resistance Measurement
by Voltmeter Method; Dielectric Absorption Test by using Megger; Polarization Index; Measurement of Insulation Resistance,
Reconditioning of Insulated Materials - Methods of Cleaning Insulation; Drying of Insulation; Revarnishing of Insulation; Vacuum
Impregnation, Insulating Oil- Properties of Good Transformer Oil; Causes of Degradation of Oil; Transformer Oil and its Impurities; Testing
of Transformer Oil as per IS 1866, Breakdown Test of Transformer Oil as per IS, Methods of Purification and Filteration of Insulating Oil Centrifugal Purifier; Stream Line Filter (Vacuum Type); Filter using Activated Earth Media; Prevention of Electrical Machine
(Equipment)during the Period of Inactivity
06
Fault Finding & Trouble Shooting of Electrical Machines: Trouble Shooting of Electrical Equipments-Limits of Voltage, Current, Frequency
and Speed for Safe Working of Electrical Machines , Internal and External Causes for failure and Abnormal Operation of Equipments, List
of Mechanical Faults, Electrical Faults and Magnetic Faults in Electrical Equipments , Various Tools used for Repairs and Maintenance Bearing puller; Filler Gauges; Dial Test Indicator; Spirit level; Megger; Earth Tester; Growler, Other Tools used for checking/ Measurements- Credit
Gauge of Conductor Wire; Instrument Transformers and Multimeter, Common Troubles or faults in Electrical Equipments and Machines04
Troubles and Causes in Transformer; Failures Due to Structural Defects; Troubles, Faults, Reasons in Induction Motor; 3-Phase Induction
Motor types of Faults, Reasons and Remedial Measures; Troubles/Faults in Cables, Trouble Shooting Chart - for DC Machines, AC
Machines, Induction Motor, Transformer, Abnormal Conditions of Transformer, Faults, Remedies and Trouble Shooting for Transformers
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 105
07
Installation and Earthing of Electrical Machines: Common Trouble in Electrical Installation, Factors Involved in Designing Machine
Foundation, Requirements of Foundation of Static and Rotating Electric Machinery - Producer of Levelling and Alignment and Producer
for Alignment of Direct-Coupled Drive and Indirect Couple Drive, Effects of Misalignment , Installation of Floor Mounted Transformer - For
Civil works; Steps to be follow before coming on Transformer, Installation of Pole Mounted Transformer-Material and Accessories
Required for Pole Mounted Sub-Station; Installation Procedure of Pole Mounted Sub-Station; Checklist for ‘Before Commissioning’;
Commissioning of Transformer, Installation of Rotating Electrical Machines, Devices and Tools Required for Loading - Precautions to be
taken while Handling these Devices, Importance and Purpose of Earthing, Types of Earthing- Plate and Pipe, Indian Electricity Rules For
Earthing, What will Happen if the Neutral is not Grounded?, Objectives of Grounding, Methods of Neutral Grounding- Solid Grounding;
Resistance Grounding; Reactance Grounding; Arc Suppression Coil Grounding (Peterson Coil Grounding); Voltage Transformer Earthing,
Symbolic Representation of Neutral Earthing for Different Equipment
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14063-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14063-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Design and Testing of Electrical Machines
9788120336452
T14063 –RB1
2013
Deshpande, M. V
PHI Learning Private Limited,
Operation & Maintenance of Electrical Machines Vol – I,
latest reprint Media Promoters & Publisher Ltd. Mumbai
T14063 –RB2
B. V. S. Rao
T14063 –RB3
Operation & Maintenance of Electrical Machines Vol – II,
B. V. S. Rao
latest reprint
8185099022
Media Promoters & Publisher Ltd. Mumbai
T14063 –RB4
A Textbook of Electrical Technology: Volume II: AC & DC Machines ,
B. L. Theraja
23rd Revised
Edition
8121924375 / 9788121924375
S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi, India
Switchgear Protection and Power Systems,
2008
Sunil S Rao
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14063 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/SHAPE/pdfs/elecengineer.pdf
T14063-WL1
www.lanl.gov/safety/electrical/docs/skilled_worker_module_6.ppt
For standards refer http://www.bis.org.in/sf/pow/etd.pdf
T14063 –RB5
8174092323, 978-8174092328
Khanna
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 106
ELECTIVE - I: ANYONE OF COURSE FROM T14064 OR T15064
T14064: ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14064
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Illumination Engineering
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Understand concept of Illumination and Terminology used

Describe Construction, working principle, Characteristics,
Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications of Lamps and
Luminaires

Explain Illumination Control, Control Circuits and Design

Select the appropriate Lamps for Electrification of Areas


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
01
02
Fundamentals of Illumination
Lamps and Lighting Accessories
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
04
Illumination Control and Control Circuits
Lighting for Special Applications
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
Illumination for Interior Application
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
06
Illumination for Outdoor Applications
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Credit
Block
Fundamentals of Illumination: Fundamentals of Illumination, Definitions of Illumination Terminology, Laws of Illuminations- Law of
Credit
Inverse Squares; Lambert’s Cosine Law and cos 3 (theta) Law, Simple Numerical Examples based on Illuminations Laws, Features and
01
Advantages of Good Illumination Scheme, Mesopic Effect of LED
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 107
02
03
04
Lamps and Lighting Accessories: Types of Light based on Inter-relation of Frequency, Wave Length and Velocity and Spectrum of Radiant
Energy, Wave Length and Colour Sensation Table, Types of Lamps - Construction, Working, Fault Finding, Advantages and Applications of
i)Incandescent Lamps ii) Carbon Arc Lamps iii)Fluorescent Lamps and comparison between Filament/Incandescent Lamp and Gas
Discharge Lamp, iv)Mercury Vapour Lamp v) Mercury Iodide Lamps vi) Sodium Vapour Lamp vii)Neon Lamp viii)Halogen Lamp ix) Compact
Fluorescent Lamp (Tube) (CFL) x) Metal Halide Lamp xi) LED xii) Special Lamp, Comparison of all Luminaires (Lamps), Lighting Schemes –
Types of Lamps based on Area of Illumination; Illumination Efficiency and Power Consumption of Various Types of Lamps; Effects of
Shadows and Glare on the Smooth Working, Types of Lighting Schemes such as Direct Lighting; Semi-Direct Lighting; Indirect Lighting;
Semi-Indirect Lighting and General Lighting, Lighting Calculation Methods
Illumination Control and Control Circuits: Basic Principle of Light Control- Mirror or Specular Reflection and Diffuse Reflection,
Illumination Levels/ Efficiency of Electrical Installation, Dimmers - Variable Resistance Type like Resistance Type and Salt Water Dimmer,
Dimmer Transformer- Autotransformer and Two Winding Transformer; Electronic Dimmer- Thyristor Operated and Triac Operated,
Methods of Light Control- One Lamp Controlled by one Switch; Two Lamp Controlled by two Switches; Control of two Lights and One Fan
by their Individual Switches, Show Control on One Board; Control of One Lamp and One Plug Point (three pin socket) on One Board and
One Bell from another Board, Each Point Controlled Separately by its Switch, Series Parallel Circuit - With Two-Way and Off Switch; With
One SP Switch and One Two Way and Off Switch, One Lamp Controlled by Two Way Switches or Stair-Case Wiring; Corridor Lighting;
Lamps in Series and Parallel; Godown Wiring; Master ON Control and Master OFF Circuit; Arrangement of Single-Phase supply; Wiring
Credit
Diagram Showing Connection of Supplier’s Main Board, Consumer’s Main Board With DP MCB and Single Pole MCB Showing Sub Circuits;
02
Lamp Controlled from 3 points and 4 Points
Lighting for Special Applications: Agriculture and Horticulture Lighting Schemes for- Agriculture Farms; Cultivation; Farm-House; Green
House; Park and Garden Lighting, Healthcare Centers and Hospitals Lighting Schemes for - Health Care Centre; Hospital and Operating
Theatres; Illumination Levels and Limiting Glare Index in Different Places of Big Hospital; Methods of Lighting Provisions in General Wards
and Special Wards; Nursing Service to Admitted Patients; Luminaries in Hospital, Decorative Lighting/ Recreation Lighting, Stage Lighting Lights Requirements and Lamps used on Stage Lighting; Scenes in Dramas and Required Light Effects, Lighting Schemes for Aquarium and
Shipyards- Lighting Schemes for Aquarium; Shipyard Lighting- Requirement; Detailed Activities and Lighting Provisions; Light Houses,
Luminaries used on Docks
05
Illumination for Interior Application: General Requirements for Designing the Illumination Schemes, Important Objectives of Interior
Design, Selection of Lamps- Control; Maintenance of Lighting Scheme; Flow Diagram of Objectives, General Electric Supply Systems in
Residential and Commercial and Industrial Units- Types of Sub-Circuits; Concept of Commercial Installations; Difference between
Residential and Commercial Installations; Design Considerations of Electrical Installation System for Commercial Building; Load
Calculations and Selection of size of Service Connection and Nature of Supply; Concept of Industrial Load, Residential Lighting
(Illumination)- Light Sources for Room Lighting; Illumination Levels for Domestic Lighting; Residential Lighting Provision; Lighting Systems
Credit
in Home Lighting; Residential Illumination Design, Commercial Lighting- Office Lighting; Requirements of Lighting in Office for Different
03
Activities; General Rules for Interior Lighting; Office Buildings; Lighting Provision and Luminaires used, Lighting Schemes or Illumination
Recommendations for School, College and Library, Lighting for Hotels - Illumination Recommendations for Hotels, General and Specific
Requirement of these areas- Entrance Hall; Extension to Entrance Hall; Reception Suites; Dining Rooms; Corridors, Stairs and Lifts; Bed
Rooms; Restaurants; Pubs and Clubs, Industrial Lighting - Illumination Recommend for Machine and Fitting Shops; Working Planes;
Suitable Luminaries for Various Works in Industry; Objective of Industries Lighting; Benefits of Good Industrial Lighting; General Lighting
Requirements; Uniqueness of Industrial Tasks; Planning Steps; Quality of Light; Component of Industrial Lighting
06
Illumination for Outdoor Applications: Objectives of Exterior or Outdoor Lighting, General Requirements and Specific Requirements of
Outdoor Lighting Scheme, Small Industries/ Factory Lighting - Use of Natural Sun Light and Electrically Produced Light; Lighting for Open
Space around the Factory, Street Lighting – Objectives; Descriptions of Road; Classes of Roads; Important Terms in Road Lighting; Isolux
Diagram; Recommendation for Direct Visual Guidance; Residential Street Lighting as Per CIE 92; Lighting Classes for Different Road Types
in Pedestrian Areas; Arrangement of Luminaires on Straight Road; Arrangement of Luminaires at Special Situations; Road Lighting Code in
India (IS 1944 Part 1 and 2); Pedestrian Crossing Lighting; Lighting with Optical Fibre Operating Principle, Street Light Poles and
Connections- Electric Light Sources; Street Lighting Scheme and its Design; Basic Requirements of Street Lighting; Locations of Lamps and
Credit
their Advantages, Flood Lighting - Meaning of Flood Lighting and its Applications, Types of Luminaires Required for Flood Lighting, Flood
04
Lighting Projector- Reflecting Surface; Classification of Projectors (Tree Pattern); Lamps Used for Different Projectors; Location/ Mounting
of Projectors for Flood Lighting, Some Fitting, Holders, Fixtures of Flood Lighting Luminaires, Luminaires, Illumination Level for Flood
Lighting, Calculations on Flood Lighting Scheme, Factors considered in Illumination Calculation,
Railway Platform Lighting, Lighting for Advertisement /Holdings with Procedure of Display, Sport Lighting and its Types, Requirement of
Illumination for Sports - Categories of Sports Fixed by International Authority; Television Coverage Sports; Luminance Variation
Recommendation for External Sport Lighting; Lamp used for Indoor and Outdoor Sports
Numericals on Street Lighting and Flood Lighting
Learning Resource Details
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14064-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14064-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 108
Applied Illumination Engineering,
Jack L. Lindsey FIES
Lighting Engineering: Applied Calculations,
R. H. Simons
3rd
December
2000
0824748093, 978-0824748098
Fairmont Press
978-0-7506-5051-9
ARCHITECTURAL PRESS
T14064 –RB3
Lamps and Lighting,
M. A. Cayless, A. M. Marsden
4th
2011
9780415503082,
Routledge
T14064 –RB4
Illumination engineering: from Edison's lamp to the laser,
Joseph B. Murdoch
Illustrated
print
1885750005, 9781885750006
Visions Communications
T14064 –RB1
T14064 –RB2
Utilisation of Electric Power : Including Electric Drives and Electric 2nd
Traction,
T14064 –RB5
2014
Suryanarayana, N.V .
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14064-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
http://www.nptel.ac.in/downloads/108105061/
http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2344/Illumination-Engineering#
T14064-WL1
http://www.freeengineeringbooks.com/Electrical/IlluminationEngineering.php
For standards refer http://www.bis.org.in/sf/pow/etd.pdf
978-81-224-3681-5
New Age International
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 109
T15064: MODERN ELECTRIC TRACTION
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T15064
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
45
120
100
TH
Modern Electric Traction
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘3 online SCORM lectures’ followed by ‘1 face-to-face lecture at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘4 face-to-face lectures at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each lecture shall be of 45 minutes duration.
Evaluation Pattern: Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explain the Operation of Power Supply Arrangements, OHE,
Current Collecting Equipments, Signaling and Train Lighting,
Power and Auxiliary Circuits of Electric Locomotive.

Apply ‘Protection and Maintenance of Electric Locomotive’
Procedure

Describe the recent Trends in Electric Traction- LEM
Propelled Traction, Mono and Metro Rail System,

Work as Supervisor or Controller in the field, where Electric
Traction is used


UNITS
UN Name of the Unit
CSs
Questions
Power Supply Arrangements
Credit 01
CSs
TL: 01-12
CA: 13-15
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
02
Overhead Equipment and Current Collection Equipment
Credit 02
CSs
TL: 16-27
CA: 28-30
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
03
04
Electric Locomotives
Protection and Maintenance of Electric Locomotive
Credit 03
CSs
TL: 31-42
CA: 43-45
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
05
06
Signaling and Train Lighting
Modern Trends in Electric Traction
Credit 04
CSs
TL: 46-57
CA: 58-60
Students have to answer ‘1 of 1’ SAQ in
CA and
‘4 of 4’ SAQ
end exam on these units.
01
DETAIL SYLLABUS
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01
Credit
Block
Power Supply Arrangements: Introduction to Traction Supply System-DC System; Single and Three Phase AC System; Composite System,
Components of Supply System- Substations; Feeding Post; Feeding and Sectioning Arrangement; Sectioning and Paralleling Post; Sub
Sectioning and Paralleling Post; Sub Sectioning Post; Elementary Section, Miscellaneous Equipment at Control Post or Switching Stations,
Credit
Major Equipment at Substation-Transformer; Circuit Breaker; Interrupters; Major Equipment at Substations, Protective System for AC
01
Traction- Transformer Protection and 25 kV Catenary Protection, Factors Deciding Location and Spacing of Traction Substation
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 110
02
03
04
Overhead Equipment and Current Collection Equipment: Overhead Equipment (OHE) - Design Principles of OHE, Automatic Weight
Tension and Temperature Compensation, Un-insulated and Insulated Overlaps, Neutral Section, Section Insulator and Isolator, Polygonal
Credit
OHE, Effect of Speed on OHE, OHE Supporting Structure, Different types of Signal Boards of OHE, Current Collection Equipment- System
02
of Supplying Power in Electric Traction, Current Collectors for Overhead System, Types of Pantograph, Methods of Raising and Lowering of
Pantograph
Electric Locomotives: Classification of Locomotives and Electric Multiple Unit (EMU), Power Circuit - Power Circuit Diagram of AC
Locomotives; Equipments in Power Circuit and their Functions; Equipments in Auxiliary Circuit and their Functions, List and Function of
Different type of Relays, List and Purpose of Different Type of Contactors, Three Phase Locomotive- Power Circuit of Three Phase
Locomotive; Power Supply Arrangement for Auxiliary; Machines in Three Phase Locomotive
Protection and Maintenance of Electric Locomotive: Protection of Electric Locomotive -Broad Strategy for Protection; Surge Protection; Credit
03
Overload Protection of Main Power Circuit; Earth Fault Protection of Power and Auxiliary Circuit; Protection from Over Voltage and Under
Voltage; Differential Current Protection of Traction Circuits; Protection against High and Low Air Pressure in the Air Circuit; Temperature
Monitoring, Maintenance of Locomotive - Need of Maintenance and Policy of Obsolescence; Defects; Ideal Maintenance; Means to
Improve the Reliability of Locomotive; Means to Improve Availability of Locomotive; Means to Reduce Maintenance Cost; Maintenance
Record; Characteristics of Efficient Maintenance; Electrical Faults and Their Causes
05
Signaling and Train Lighting: Signaling - Requirement of Signaling System; Types of Signals; Colour Light Signals; Three and Four Aspects
of Colour Light Signals; Track Circuits; Audio Frequency Track Circuit and High Frequency Track Circuit; Difference between DC Track
Circuit and AC Track Circuit, Supervisory Control - Advantages of Remote Control; Remote Control System; Mimic Diagram; Control Desk
for TPC, Train Lighting- Train Lighting Systems; Special Requirements of Train Lighting; Method of obtaining Unidirectional Polarity;
Method of obtaining Constant Output; Single Battery System; Double Battery Parallel Block System; Failure of under Frame Generating
Equipments; End on Generation
06
Modern Trends in Electric Traction: Linear Electric Motor (LEM) Propelled Traction, Linear Induction Based Traction System- Moving
Primary Fixed Secondary Single Sided LIM (Linear Induction Motor); Moving Secondary Fixed Primary Single Sided LIM; Moving Primary
Fixed Secondary Double Sided LIM; Differentiate Moving Primary Fixed Secondary and Moving Secondary Primary Single Sided Linear
Induction Motor (LIM); Differentiate between moving Secondary Fixed Primary Single Sided LIM and moving Primary Secondary Double
sided LIM with a Neat Sketch, Strengths/ Weakness of LIM Propelled Railway Traction System, Practical Possibilities of LIM Propelled
Transportation
Credit
04
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T15064-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T15064-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
th
Modern Electric Traction,
4
Book Code : 006527 of Jain Book Depo
T15064 –RB1
H Partab
2015
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
Electric Traction
2009
8177640054, 9788177640052
T14064 –RB2
by J. Upadhyay, Mehendra
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
T15064 –RB3
Electric traction handbook : control
Brooks, Robert
T15064 –RB4
Utilisation of Electric Power: Including Electric Drives &Electric
Traction,
Suryanarayana, N.V
T15064 –RB5
Electric Traction
A.T. Dover Mac Millan,
Sir Isaac Pitman and sons ltd.
London
2nd
2014
978-81-224-3681-5
New Age International
Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
New Delhi
S P Khade
[email protected] 9769625875
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T15064-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
http://www.irfca.org/faq/faq-elec.html
http://www.irfca.org/faq/faq-elec2.html
www.irieen.com (Indian Railways Institute of Electrical Engineering,
T15064-WL1
Nasik Road)
www.wr.railnet.gov.in/bctweb/ELECTRICAL.htm
www.scrailway.gov.in
www.rdso.indianrailways.gov.in
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 111
T14065: PROJECT -WORK
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
01
V55
T14065
Project-Work
4
120
120
100
PW
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Viva on Term-Work Submission by the student: 30 Marks (by EE) + 30 Marks (by IE)
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explore solutions for the real problems, encountered in a
real life job, in the complete project execution from start to
finish, by applying basic concepts, principles and skills

Develop basic technical Skills by hands on experience

Analyze the problem and Interpret Result

Write project report


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 The Project Work must involve practical work related to Electrical Engineering
The topics of project may be selected related to the Development of working models or Industrial Problem Solving or to develop required
skills in consultation with teacher / guide/ industry expert or Development of Innovative idea with its practical feasibility
For selection of project, study center may help by involving students in activities such as group Discussion, a seminar on technical topic,
03 workshops or inviting experts from various industries for sharing their experiences, arranging industrial visits, quality circles, seminars and
mini projects etc
02
Credit
01 & 02
04 Students have to bear cost of expenditure on “Project Work”.
05 The original design requirements are not essential, although highly encouraged. Projects should not be repeated.
Employed Students are allowed to complete “Project Work” in the industry where he is employed or his place of choice. Such a student has
06 to identify a resource person in industry, who can take responsibility of guiding him in project work. Such person should be eligible to work as
“Project Guide”.
Study center should assist unemployed students, in locating sponsored “Projects” from local industries. Students are encouraged to locate
07 sponsored projects from the local industries. But, in case, a student is unable to locate such project, he is also allowed to complete “Project
Work” at his study center
The university encourages large Joint projects, requiring the participation of a small team of students. However, in such cases, clear
08 delegation of work and responsibilities, among the students, must be clearly stated in the “Project Report”. Maximum number of
students, in a team for joint project, should not exceed 5
Credit
03 & 04
Study center should assist unemployed students, in locating sponsored “Projects” from local industries. Students are encouraged to locate
09 sponsored projects from the local industries. But, in case, a student is unable to locate such project, he is also allowed to complete “Project
Work” at his study center
10 Each “Project Guide” may be assigned maximum three projects.
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 112
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
01
Selection of the Project and Project Guide
02
Preparation of Project Execution Plan : Time and Resource Allocation
Guidance by the Project Guide, for the self-study of relevant course topics and concepts by the
student
Self-study of relevant course topics and concepts by the student.
03
04
07
Each student shall maintain individual Project Diary for noting progress and Project Diary shall be duly
signed by project Guide during regular interaction
Preparation of Draft report with Project Specifications by the student
Guidance and approval by Project Guide for Project Specifications
08
Design, Development, Testing and Troubleshooting of Prototype
05
06
09
10
11
12
13
Comparison of Prototype Performance with Set Project Specifications and Preparation of list showing
(1) Problems (2) Improvements Needed (3) External Enclosure Details. The Project Guide should guide
the student about this task
Design, Development, Testing and Troubleshooting of Final Prototype
Preparation of Project Report and all technical documentation like Schematic Drawings, Connection
or Wiring Diagrams, Mechanical Drawings, Complete Bill of Material, User Instructions, Artwork and
Films, List of Problems encountered etc
Suggested Scheme of Chapters in Project Report:
1. Chapter 1: Introduction: Background of the project, Need for the project, Brief idea of the
project
2. Chapter 2: System Overview and Design: Present the overview of the complete system.
Use Block Diagrams. Specify design parameters for the system. Specify interfacing problems
(if any) visualized beforehand, and how to eliminate these.
3. Chapter 3: Module Design: Discuss individual parts (sub-part) in details, clearly indicating
the scientific principles involved and design of each sub-circuit used in a project.
4. Chapter 4: Testing and Troubleshooting: Discuss how the sub-parts were tested, how the
complete system was tested and how measurements were made. Include observations.
5. Chapter 5: Results and Conclusions: Analyze the observations made in previous chapter.
Discuss why the specifications were not met or the reasons for the failure, if any. Discussed
the problems and difficulties encountered and how they were / can be eliminated. Discuss
any extension work or modifications, which you want to suggest.
6. Chapter 6: References: List the books, magazines and data manuals used
Submission Process: Student should prepare 2 copies of the Project Report. At the beginning, the
respective Project Guide must approve both copies positively before the end examination of Project
Work. Then respective Study Center Coordinator approves both copies of the Project Report. Student
should submit one of these approved copies to the study center. The student should retain remaining
one of these approved copies. Study center should preserve their copy of, all project reports, till the
end examination of Project Work. Even student must bring his own copy during this end examination
Credit
Block
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 01
Credit 02
Credit 03
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 04
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 113
Project Report Format:
1. The project report should be printed on only right side of A4 size (210 mm ´ 297 mm)
paper. There is no minimum or maximum page number limit for the “Project Report”, but
report of minimum 30–50 page is expected. University recommends only flexible binding for
the “Project Report”. But, if student wishes, he may also use spiral binding.
2. Margins should be as follows :·
14

Left Margin : 40 mm

Right Margin : 20 mm

Top Margin : 20 mm

Bottom Margin : 27 mm
3. Header should not be used. Footer, containing page number at the center should only be
used, with footer margin of 25 mm.
4. Text should be printed in font size of 12 points and at interline distance of 18 points. (That
is 1.5 line spacing). Normally, figures should be embedded in the text, where their first
reference occurs. But if necessary, figures may be grouped on separate pages. Figure should
be numbered as ‘Fig C.F’, where ‘C’ is chapter number and ‘F’ is figure number. Figure
number ‘F’ is reset back to 1 for each new chapter.
5. Page Sequence: (1) Cover page as per specimen 1 (2) Certificate page as per specimen 2
(3) Acknowledgement page for the help offered by individuals and institution (4) Content
page as per specimen 3. Following suggested scheme of chapters in project report then
follows these first 4 pages.
Specimen of Pages
Specimen 1
Project Title
Diploma in
Electronics and telecommunication (DETE)
Submitted by
Name of Student
Project Guide
Name of Project Guide
Name of the Study Center
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra
Open University
2015
15
Specimen 2
Certificate
This is to certify that
Mr/Ms ................... ....................
..................... (PRN: ...................)
has successfully completed a project entitled
"..................................................."
in partial fulfillment for the requirement of
Diploma in
Electronics and telecommunication (DETE)
Signature with Date
Project Guide
SC Coordinator
Internal Examiner
External Examiner
Specimen 3
Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Background
1.2 Need for Work
1.3 Brief Idea
2. System Overview and Design
2.1 Operation
2.2 Design Parameters
2.3 System Design
3. Module Design and Implementation of Module
3.1 Module 1
3.2 Module 2
3.3 Module 3
4. Testing and Troubleshooting
4.1 Module 1
4.2 Module 1
4.3 Module 1
5. Results and Conclusions
5.1 Further Modifications
5.2 Summary
6. Reference
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 114
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Title
Author
Edition
Year
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14065-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14065-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14065-RB1
T14065–RB2
T14065–RB3
T14065–RB4
T14065–RB5
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14065-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14065-WL1
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 115
T14066: ELECTRICAL TESTING AND MAINTENANCE AND A CTIVITY COURSE ON ELECTIVE 1
PROGRAMME INFORMATION
SN
Description
Details
1
University
Yashwantrao Chavan Maharashtra Open University
Nasik - 422 222, Maharashtra, India
Website: http://www.ycmou.ac.in/
2
School
School of Architecture, Science and Technology
3
Discipline
Technology/Engineering
4
Level
Diploma
5
Course Used in
01. V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering
COURSE INFORMATION
Sem
PC
CC
01
V55
T14066
Course Name
Credit
CST
ST
Marks
Type
4
120
120
100
P
Electrical Testing and Maintenance and Activity Course on Elective 1
Teaching-Learning Support Details: Students enjoy better quality of effective learning with much greater flexibility, due to anytime anywhere learning with
repetition possibility!
1. ‘2 online SCORM lectures’ at the beginning of Term work or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
2. Only when online SCORM lectures are not specified, then ‘2 face-to-face lectures (each of 45 minutes duration) at the beginning of Term work
or Practical session at allotted SC’, for 15 weeks in a semester.
3. Each Term-Work or Practical session shall be of 240 minutes duration. Remaining time of 195 minutes after initial lectures of 45 minutes shall be
used for actual conduct and reporting of Term-work/practical activities during each session.
Evaluation Pattern: In total evaluation, Internal Examiner (IE) and External Examiner (EE) shall have 50% weightage. Total evaluation of 100 Marks consist of
1. Continuous Assessment (CA) (Only by IE): 20 Marks
2. End Examination (EE): 80 Marks
a.
Activity Report submission by the student (Only by EE): 20 Marks
b. Actual Conduct of Practical by the student: 20 Marks (by EE) + 20 Marks (by IE)
c.
Viva on Practical Report/Activity: 10 Marks (by EE) + 10 Marks (by IE)
PART I: T14063: ELECTRICAL TESTING AND MAINTENANCE
PRESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND LEARNING OBJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Explore procedure used to Test Single Phase, Three Phase
Transformer, DC & AC Machine as per IS

Identify and perform common troubles in Electrical
Machines and Switch Gear


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14063: Electrical Testing and Maintenance
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T14063: Electrical Testing and Maintenance
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Credit
Block
Questions
Perform any Five (5) activities
01
To Measure Voltage, Impedance and Load losses of Three phase Transformer
02
To Perform Routine Test on Single Phase Induction Motor
03
To Perform Routine Test on Three Phase Induction Motor and Calculate the Different Parameters
04
To Perform reduced voltage running up test on Three Phase Induction Motor as per IS 325
05
To perform Fault finding and troubleshooting of i) Transformer ii) D. C. Machine iii) Induction motor
06
To Perform No Load and Blocked Rotor Test on Three Phase Induction Motor as per IS 325. Draw Circle
Diagram and Calculate Performance Indicator.
07
To Perform Polarity Test, Mark Its Terminals, Perform Back To Back Test for Two Single Phase
Transformers, Compare its Regulation with Direct Loading Method
Credit 01
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Page 116
Perform any Five (5) activities
To Perform a brake test on three phase induction motor and find out performance characteristics
08
such as Output Vs Torque, Output Vs Efficiency and Output Vs Speed
09 To Determine Breakdown Strength of Transformer Oil by using Oil Testing Kit.
10
To Measure Insulation resistance of Transformer Winding , Stator and Rotor of A.C. Rotating
Machines using Megger
11
Prepare Preventive Maintenance Schedule for i) Distribution Transformer ii) Three Phase Induction
Motor iii) Synchronous Motor
12
Use different Maintenance Tools such as Bearing Puller, Growler, Dial-Test Indicators, Filler Gauge,
Spirit Level, etc
13
14
Perform OC & SC test on Induction Motor, Plot Circle Diagram and Calculate Parameters
To Measure the Resistance of Earth Electrode using Earth Tester
15
Case Study on Electrical Accidents.
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units.
Credit 02
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
LR Code
Edition
Year
Title
Author
ISBN
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Design and Testing of Electrical Machines
9788120336452
T14063 –RB1
2013
Deshpande, M. V
PHI Learning Private Limited,
Operation & Maintenance of Electrical Machines Vol – I,
latest reprint Media Promoters & Publisher Ltd. Mumbai
T14063 –RB2
B. V. S. Rao
T14063 –RB3
Operation & Maintenance of Electrical Machines Vol – II,
B. V. S. Rao
latest reprint
8185099022
Media Promoters & Publisher Ltd. Mumbai
T14063 –RB4
A Textbook of Electrical Technology: Volume II: AC & DC Machines ,
B. L. Theraja
23rd Revised
Edition
8121924375 / 9788121924375
S. Chand & Company Ltd, New Delhi, India
T14063 –RB5
Switchgear Protection and Power Systems,
Sunil S Rao
2008
8174092323, 978-8174092328
Khanna
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066-CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066-WL1
http://electrical-engineering-portal.com/resources/electric-testingmaintenance
PART II: ELECTIVE 1: T14064: ILLUMINATION ENGINEERING
RESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND L EARNING O BJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

To Measure the Level of Illumination.

To Explore various types of Lamps.

To Design Illumination Schemes for various applications in
Residential, Commercial and Industrial Locations.

Identify and List of various Lighting Accessories and Components


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T14064: Illumination Engineering
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Credit
Block
Credit
01
Page 117
Credit
02
02 Course Content Covered in T14064: Illumination Engineering
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
Credit
Block
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Perform any Five (5) activities
01
To measure illuminance at different points of a classroom by Luxmeter and draw – (i) Variation of
Illuminance characteristics with distance and (ii) Isolux plot
02
To study the different lighting accessories, ignitor, and electronic ballasts required for different types of
lamps – Sodium Vapour, Mercury Vapour, Metal halide, CFL and Fluorescent lamp.
03
To Compare performance of Magnetic and Electronic Ballast. Estimate the energy saving with
Electronic Ballast.
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
Credit 01
04 To design an illumination scheme using LED
05 To design an illumination scheme for a workshop in your institute or conference hall of medium size
06 To design an illumination scheme for a stadium.
Perform any Five (5) activities
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
07 To design an illumination scheme for a shopping complex of medium size.
08 To study of i) Photocell ii) Occupancy sensor in artificial lighting control
09 To study Energy Efficient Illumination Equipments
10
To verify the Inverse Square Law and compare the difference in Output Luminescence of
Incandescent, Fluorescent and Compact Fluorescent Lamps
11
To visit a Standard Lamp Manufacturing Industry and make a report on Lamp Manufacturing
Process and the Technical Specification.
Credit 02
12 A case Study Of Optimum Lighting Design with Lighting Design Software
13
To study the different luminaries available in the market for various types of lamps with their technical
specifications, their design consideration, Indian standard recommendation
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Applied Illumination Engineering,
3rd
0824748093, 978-0824748098
T14064 –RB1
Jack L. Lindsey FIES
Fairmont Press
Lighting Engineering: Applied Calculations,
December
978-0-7506-5051-9
T14064 –RB2
2000
R. H. Simons
Architectural Press
T14064 –RB3
Lamps and Lighting,
M. A. Cayless, A. M. Marsden
4th
2011
9780415503082,
Routledge
T14064 –RB4
Illumination engineering: from Edison's lamp to the laser,
Joseph B. Murdoch
Illustrated
print
1885750005, 9781885750006
Visions Communications
Utilisation of Electric Power : Including Electric Drives and Electric
2nd
Traction,
2014
Suryanarayana, N.V.
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066-WL1
T14064 –RB5
978-81-224-3681-5
New Age International
PART II: ELECTIVE 1: T15064: MODERN ELECTRIC TRACTION
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 118
RESUMED KNOWLEDGE AND L EARNING O BJECTIVES
Presumed Knowledge
Learning Objectives
For successful completion of this course, student should have successfully
completed:
After successful completion of this course, student should be able to

Identify and Explain use of Components of the Power Supply
Arrangements for Electric Traction

Know basics of Electric Traction

Do Electric Locomotive Maintenance


DETAIL SYLLABUS OF R EQUIRED THEORY
Credit
Block
UN Detail Syllabus of the Unit
01 Course Content Covered in T15064: Modern Electric Traction
Credit
01
02 Course Content Covered in T15064: Modern Electric Traction
Credit
02
DETAIL PRACTICAL ACTIVITIES
Note: Work Book shall consist of a record in the form of a journal consisting of the list of activities, printouts and necessary documentation for the
following exercises. Students are expected to perform all activities and get workbook certified from the Practical Lab Instructor
UN Name of the Practical Activity
Credit
Block
Perform following activities
01 To study of Electric AC Locomotives
02 To study of Different types of Relays, Contactors used in AC Locomotive
03
To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Traction Substation Layout or Feeding Post Layout and submit Credit 01
report on it
04
To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Overhead Equipments (OHE) and Current Collecting
Equipments and submit report on it
Questions
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
05 To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Power Circuit any Electric Locomotive and submit report on it
Perform following activities
06 To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Signaling and Train Lighting and submit report on it
07
To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Power Circuit in Auxiliary Circuit Equipments and submit report
Credit 02
on it
Students have to submit
‘Activity Report in Work-Book
Format’ in CA and Perform
‘Practical Activity’ and face Viva
for end exam on these units
08 To prepare drawing on half Imperial for Protection of Electric Locomotive
09 To Collect information on any two topics related to electric traction and submission of printouts
10 To visit nearby Traction Substation/Feeding Post/Railway Station(Signaling or Traction)
LEARNING RESOURCE DETAILS
Important Note- End exam shall be based on only following types of specified learning resource:
1. Online Audio-Video (AV) Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture and / or
2. Text-Books
University does not supply any learning resource. Each student is required to purchase following at an additional separate cost:
1. Subscription to ‘Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures’ for a semester and
2. Text-Books
Title
Edition
ISBN
LR Code
Author
Year
Publisher
01. Online AV Synchronized SCORM Lectures along with Self-Test with each lecture: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-OL1
Details will be updated as and when available from the publishers.
02. Text-Books: Core learning resource for end Exam!
T14066-TB1
03. Reference-Books: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
Modern Electric Traction,
4th
Book Code : 006527 of Jain Book Depo
T15064 –RB1
H Partab
2015
Dhanpat Rai and Sons
Viddut Engine Parichay (In Hindi)
S. P. Graphics, Nashik.
T15064 –RB2
Om Prakash Kesari
Electric Traction
2009
8177640054, 9788177640052
T15064 –RB3
by J. Upadhyay, Mehendra
Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
T15064 –RB4
Electric traction handbook : control
Brooks, Robert
Sir Isaac Pitman and sons ltd.
London
T15064 –RB5
Utilisation of Electric Power:Including Electric Drives&Electric Traction, 2nd
Suryanarayana, N.V
2014
978-81-224-3681-5
New Age International
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 119
Electric Traction
A.T. Dover Mac millan,
04. CD / DVD: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066 -CD1
05. Web Links: Explore additional details and reinforce learning, with this optional learning resource!
T14066-WL1
T15064 –RB6
Dhanpat Rai and Sons,
New Delhi
END OF DOCUMENT
Detail Syllabus for all courses at Semester 01 - 06 of V55: Diploma in Electrical Engineering (DEE) {2014 Pattern}
Page 120